Академический Документы
Профессиональный Документы
Культура Документы
EDITED BY
fT. E. PAGE, O.H., LiTT.D.
GKEEK MATHEMATICS
II
SELECTIONS
ILLUSTRATING THE HISTORY OF
GREEK MATHEMATICS
WITH AN ENGLISH TRANSLATION BY
IVOR THOMAS
FORMERLY SCHOLAR OF ST, JOHN'S AND SENIOR DEMY
or MAGDALEN COLLF.fiE, OXFORD
IN TWO VOLUMES
II
LONDON
WILLIAM HEINEMANN LTD
CAMBRIDGE, MASSACHUSKITS
HARVARD UNIVERSITY PRESS
First printed 1941
Reprinted 1951, 1957
m
Printed in Oreat Britain
. ——
CONTENTS OF VOLUME II
XVII. Archimedes —
(a) General 18
(b)
and sphere ....
Surface and volume of the cylinder
V
— — —
CONTENTS
PAOB
(g) System of expressing large
numbers . . . .198
(A)
(i)
Indeterminate analysis
Problem
Mechanics :
....
centres of
: the Cattle
gravity
202
gram ....
Centre of gravity of a parallelo-
216
(ii)
Postulates ....
Surface of fluid at rest . .
242
244
(iii) Solid immersed in a fluid . 248
(iv) Stability of a paraboloid of
revolution . . . 252
XVIII. Eratosthenes —
(a)
(b)
(c)
General
On means
The Plaionicus
.....
.
....
. . • . 260
262
264
(d) Measurement of the earth . 266
(iii)
(iv)
Scope of the work
Definitions ....
Construction of the sections
. .
.
280
284
288
(v) Fundamental properties . 304
(vi) Transition to new diameter . 328
CONTENTS
()
— —
• • —
CONTENTS
XXI. Trigonometry —
1. Hipparchus and Menelaus . . 406
2. Ptolemy
(a)
(6)
General
Table of sines —
.... 408
,
-.
.
421<
() Theory of numbers
squares
(/) Polygonal numbers
....
...
: sums of
550
560
CONTENTS
(c) The theory of means . . . 568
(d) The paradoxes of Erycinus . . 570
(e) The regular solids . . .572
(/) Extension of Pythagoras 's theorem 57
(g) Circles inscribed in the
. 578
(k) Spiral on a sphere .. . 580
(t) Isoperimetric figures . . . 588
Apparent foi-m of a circle .. . 592
(J)
(k) The Treasury of Analysis . .596
(/) Locus with respect to five
or six lines 600
(ni) Anticipation of Guldin's theorem .604
(n) Lemmas to the treatises
(o)
(ii)
Mechanics .....
To the Porisms of KncliJ . 610
614
622
Index
List of Ancient Texts cited
Index of Greek Terms .... . . • 650
655
XVI. ARISTARCHUS OF SAMOS
XVI. ARISTARCHUS OF SAMOS
*
.^ ^€€
Aet. i. 15. 5 ;
etvai
(a) General
Doxographi Oraeci, ed. Diels 313. 16-18
d
€
ii. 218. 7-18
- €-
(.
, , iv
,-
" Strato of I^ampsacus was head of the Lyceum from
288/287 to 270/269 b.c. The next extract shows that Aris-
tarchus formulated his hehocentric hypothesis before
Archimedes wrote the Sand-Reckoner, which can be shown
to have been written before 216 b.c. From Ptolemy, Syntaxis
iii. 2, Aristarchus is known to have made an observation of
8
€€,
?
,,
GREEK MATHEMATICS
,^
€7€.
/xcye^et
€€
-
€€
, ?, ," , ?
Plut. De facie
"
,,,
in orb« lunae 6, 922 f-923 a
"
*)( € ^]?
,
^^ ,
/'
"?, ?
7T€pl
tovs
.",
() Distances of the Sun and Moon
,
Aristarch. Sam. De Mag. et Dist. Solis et Lunae, ed.
Heath (^WsiarcAws of Samos : The Ancient Copernicus)
352. 1-354. 6
. '.
^'^'?^^
-
'.
y . " ^
. ,
€
HYPOTHESES
5
, ^ €
/? ,
V€V€iV els
GREEK MATHEMATICS
€
€" .-.
OKiepov
,, ^ '
'.
^
. €
'.
-
.
.
,,. - ,
To 6
^ re add. Heath.
" Lit. " verges towards our eye." For " verging," v. vol. i.
» i.e., is less than 90° by 3°, and so is 87°. The true value
is 89° 50'.
* i.e., the breadth of the earth's shadow where the moon
traverses it during an eclipse. The figure is presumably
based on records of eclipses. Hipparchus made the figure 2 J
for the time when the moon is at its mean distance, and
Ptolemy a little less than 2f for the time when the moon is at
itsgreatest distance.
the angular diameter of the moon is one-fifteenth
^ i.e.,
of 30°, or 2°. The true value is about i°, and in the Sand-
Reckoner (Archim. ed. Heiberg ii. 222. 6-8) Archimedes says
that Aristarchus " discovered that the sun appeared to be
about 7^^th part of the circle of the Zodiac" ; as he believed
7
"'^
,
.,
GREEK MATHEMATICS
€€
,
Kevrpov
;
-
, ^ ,
,
T7J?
,*
/cai
(
^ "
", , in-
, , -
? ? ),
, -
that the sun and moon had the same angular diameter he
must, therefore, have found the approximately correct angular
diameter of i° after writing his treatise On the Sizes and
Dutancee of the Sun and Moon,
8
ARISTARCHUS OF SAMOS
eighteen times, hut less than twenty times, the distance of
themoon from the earth.
For let A be the centre of the sun, that of the
earth ;let AB be joined and produced ; let be the
centre of the moon when halved ; let a plane be
drawn through AB and ,
and let the section made
BE
BE.
, •.
'•
^jLttv
'
, 4€
.
. ^
V ^^
'
,
}
Trepi^epeia
yctp,
?
'•
'.
{^) (^\
hoo•
, hk
,
.
,, BE
HE
HE
.
,
BE
?
,.
BE,
HE*
HE
'
HE
HE
( *)
^ ^ add. Nizze.
• Sv add. Wallis.
* ex« add. Wallis.
therefore
since
HE
HE :
: >
> angle
15 : 2.
HBE : angle ,»
And since BE = EZ, and the angle at is right,
therefore
ZB2 = 2BE2.
But ZB2 BE2 : = ZH2 HE». :
€? ," , 6, TovreaTLV,
/cat ] HE
le
(raJ^y
•€€'
*
€.
Xs"
.
'
• BE
Se
. '
? ? , ? , -.
,,
•)7
eoTtv
, '
6
, . .
Srj
,*
,
'
. , . , 6
'
'
?•,
'
-
» add. WaUis. « add. Wallis.
12
ARISTARCHUS OF SAMOS
Therefore, componendo, ZE : EH> 12 : 5,
Therefore, ex
that is,
aequali,<* ZE
ZE
Therefore ZE is greater than eighteen times
:
: > 36
18
:
:
2,
1.
.
And ZE is equal to BE. Therefore BE is also greater
. .
than eighteen times
greater than eighteen times
But :.
Therefore BH is much
ۥ
evueia BK
,
. eariv
evdeta
€(^)
€€,€
. he
, .
€ ',
6
Be
.
6
4€
48
.
(c) Continued Fractions (?)
pie.
^~^
Ibid., Prop. 15, ed. Heath 406. 23-24
" ,, fS'poy
^
.
^ add. Wallis.
-111
4050
88
the approximation 1 + ^
j-— which is
j^^. Similarly,
71755875 21261
^ 6735500 °^
1^92 '^ developed as a continued fraction, we
14
ARISTARCHUS OF SAMOS
than that which the straight hne BA has to the
straight line BK."
Therefore BA<10.BK.
2.
And
Therefore
But
Therefore
And A
: :.. =
<20..
=
AB <20
the distance of the sun from the earth,
is
.
15
!i J:
XVII. ARCHIMEDES
XVII. ARCHIMEDES
"
*' ,,,)€€,
*0
?
€8'
yeVct
-?] ^
]€48 ^^
?
€€,
^,€
^.]
elpyaaaro
6
() General
Tzetzes, Chil. ii. 103-144
irivre
?.
'
TTJ
ttotc
^
*0
^
"
€ /?
life
'
/"^°•'•5'
?
of Archimedes was written by a certain Heraclides
,?
—perhaps the Heraclides who is mentioned by Archimedes
himself in the preface to his book On Spirals (Archim. ed.
Heiberg ii. 2. 3) as having taken his books to Dositheus. We
know this from two references by Eutocius (Archim. ed.
however, the name is given as ?),
Heiberg iii. 228. 20, Apollon. ed. Heiberg ii. 16S. 3, where,
but it has not
survived. The surviving writings of Archimedes, together
with the commentaries of Eutocius of Ascalon (fl. a.d. 520),
have been edited by J. L. Heiberg in three volumes of the
Teubner series (references in this volume are to the 2nd ed.,
Leipzig, 1910-1915). They have been put into mathematical
notation by T. L. Heath, The Works of Archimedes (Cam•
18
XVII. ARCHIMEDES•
() General
Tzetzes, Book of Histories ii. 103-144'
19
?
?
.
^
66€ /^
'
GREEK MATHEMATICS
'
€€€ ,, 68.
e/cetVas•
}€ €€ '^
€ /cat
0ets
^^/?}
€€.
?
", ,
?
? • ..
. 6
."
^ €$ Gary, codd.
€5.
Lucian, Hipp. 2 : rov 8e (sc.
IJept
rfj 4. 8)
" Unfortunately, the earliest authority for this story is
•5
^?
€€ 6 ? ^'
yfiv." As Tzetzes in another place (Chil. iii. 61 :
6 ] "
") writes of a triple-pulley device in the same con-
nexion, it may be presumed to have been of this nature.
VOL. II 21
€€,'? ,
OvTOS,
Eire,
"^ ^
GREEK MATHEMATICS
8,
77pos'
, ' €€,
MapKcXXov
€€€ '. ,.
, ,,
?€
"
? ' €€
Be
6
e^L etA/cev
eAeye
€,
€€•
."
"' , ,. /*
ctvai,
*)8, "
€
, .
^,
,
,, '
, , ,,, , ,
Plut. Marcellus xiv. 7-xvii. 7
jSaaiAct
coming "trap
them come at
€" "
my
"
usual cargo, sitting some distance away and without
any special effort, he pulled gently with his hand at
, , - 6
Swa/niv,
,
^
? '
? . ' ,.-
ihiav
)8?, '
Sdov
6
. -
.^ ,,
^ '/ *-
^,
,
- ^?
,
^evat
?.
,-
Galen, in Hipp. De Artie, iv. 47 uses the
same word.
device (^ })
Tzetzes {loc. cit?) speaks of a triple-pulley
in the same connexion, and
Oribasius, Coll. med. xlix. 22 mentions the rpicmaaros as an
invention of Archimedes ; he says that it was so called
because it had three ropes, but Vitruvius says it was thus
named because it had three wheels. Athenaeus v. 207 a-b
says that a helix was used. Heath, The Works of Archimedes,
24
ARCHIMEDES
the end of a compound pulley " and drew the vessel
smoothly and evenly towards himself as though she
were running along the surface of the water.
Astonished at this, and understanding the power of
his art, the king persuaded Archimedes to construct
for him engines to be used in every type of siege
warfare, some defensive and some offensive he had ;
25
7)
,
. OL
jaevat
€4 ^
€
GREEK MATHEMATICS
evSov
€^
^€/.
Be
heOpo
7€-
€€,
--
84 € ., €€
,
€€ *
,
€
€€
5?
8
6
,
,
-
,
oi
^^
€
, . he
€
' ,
*, ,,
?
~
^ . ' ,
',
-
,
6
,
2
•
^
(j6
airfj
o'y
Coraes, ^? codd.
add. Sintenis ex Polyb.
ARCHIMEDES
plunged down on their stems, or were twisted round
and turned about by means of ropes within the city,
and dashed against the cUfFs set by Nature under the
wall and against the rocks, with great destruction of
the crews, who were crushed to pieces. Often there
was the fearful sight of a ship lifted out of the sea into
mid-air and whirled about as it hung there, until the
men had been thrown out and shot in all directions,
when it would fall empty upon the walls or slip from
the grip that had held it. As for the engine which
Marcellus was bringing up from the platform of ships,
and which was called samhuca from some resemblance
in its shape to the musical instrument," while it was
still some distance away as it was being carried to the
wall a stone ten talents in weight was discharged at
it, and after this a second and a third some of these,
;
? ? €? € €€
oeo.
ee€ eaX's olevo €, 50? ;
€
KaOeTov,
€
€€€,
\],
. ev
epoevv
,
evTuy^avovre?
err'
he
/cat
, TravTa^odev
',
€
,
ea €
ovhev avTihpdaai
*Ap'he,
he
eyiVero
vev
eoaov
hvaevv.
eLo
ee6vv
€€-
iwKeaav
aea€
eeoevv.
' 6 Mpeo €
^e
eeev'
^;
,
aie €
^
eaepa epape
"
Bppev oeove,
eee,
veapae
eep6v
^
he
he
-
"
*
, ,
'
he
^
?
ievo
28
TOTe
*
,
€.
epo
ahov
el
€€ €
eevv,
he
6
ARCHIMEDES
wall, small in size but many and continuous, short-
ranged engines called scorpions could be trained on ob-
jects close at hand without being seen by the enemy.
When, therefore, the Romans approached the walls,
thinking to escape notice, once again they were met
by the impact of many missiles stones fell down
;
all other weapons lay idle, and the city then used his
alone, both for offence and for defence. In the end
the Romans became so filled with fear that, if they
saw a little piece of rope or of wood projecting over
' ?€
Polybius, tos /acv
.
vavs
. . an anonymous correction from
npos
codd.
€ €€
? , GREEK MATHEMATICS
,
€€ 7€€ KLvetv
€€,
^^.
€
eV *
,
,^ ^^, €,
€
€4 €*
€€
^, €, € et? e/ceiva
^,,
• Se
'
epiv
,..
8wa/xtv
,
-
, . , 8 ^8 ^ /^ '
*
,
30
' // -
ARCHIMEDES
the wall, they cried, " There it is, Archimedes is
training some engine upon us," and fled ; seeing this
Marcellus abandoned all fighting and assault, and for
the future relied on a long siege.
Yet Archimedes possessed so lofty a spirit, so pro-
found a soul, and such a wealth of scientific inquiry,
that although he had acquired through his inventions
a name and reputation for divine rather than human
intelligence, he would not deign to leave behind a
single writing on such subjects. Regarding the
business of mechanics and every utilitarian art as
ignoble and vulgar, he gave his zealous devotion only
to those subjects whose elegance and subtlety are
untrammelled by the necessities of hfe ; these sub-
jects, he held, cannot be compared with any others ;
in them the subject-matter vies with the demonstra-
tion, the former possessing strength and beauty, the
latter precision and surpassing power ; for it is not
possible to find in geometry more difficult and weighty
questions treated in simpler and purer terms. Some
attribute this to the natural endowments of the man,
others think it was the result of exceeding labour that
everything done by him appeared to have been done
without labour and with ease. For although by his
own efforts no one could discover the proof, yet as
soon as he learns it, he takes credit that he could have
discovered it : so smooth and rapid is the path by
which he leads to the conclusion. For these reasons
there is no need to disbelieve the stories told about
—
him how, continually bewitched by some familiar
siren dwelUng with him, he forgot his food and
neglected the care of his body and how, when he
;
€€,, € iv
€ .
^ €/,
8e
€€'
.
Aeyerat Seiy-
^^ /xera
. ^ ', -
Ibid. xix. 4-6
8e ^
^
/^
/-
^. . 6
',
^.,
, ?
-
,
ava/xetvat
,
,
" Cicero, when quaestor in Sicily, found this tomb over-
32
ARCHIMEDES
place for bathing and anointing, he would draw geo-
metrical figures in the hearths, and draw lines with his
finger in the oil with which his body was anointed,
being overcome by great pleasure and in truth in-
spired of the Muses. And though he made many
elegant discoveries, he is said to have besought his
friends and kinsmen to place on his grave after his
death a cylinder enclosing a sphere, with an inscrip-
tion giving the proportion by which the including
solid exceeds the included.*•
€€"^
TO
€ € .
iv
, 8€
€
€€(.
€€, -
avSpos
€,
€. Be
?€ ' *
?
,Papp.
hoOeiar)
,
€€'
."
"
Coll.
8e
[AeycTai]^
viii. 11. 19, ed.
{)
Hultsch 1060. 1-4
BoOev
€^'
)
AeycTat
^
? € ,
Diod. Sic.
- i. 34. 2
'.,
aei
,
^,
6
,
?
' '77
Ibid. . 37.
avajSaatv veapav
3
€€€
Be
, . ^ Aeyerai
6
om. Hultsch.
,
» Diodorus is writing of the island in the delta of the Nile.
* It may be inferred that he studied with the successors
of Euclid at Alexandria, and it was there perhaps that he
made the acquaintance of Conon of Samos, to whom, as
S4,
ARCHIMEDES
angles adjusted to the apparent size of the sun, some
soldiers fell in with him and, under the impression
that he carried treasure in the box, killed him. What
is, however, agreed is that Marcellus was distressed,
It follows that «= — . v, + - . v,
so that —* ~ ,
UpSrepov
*€€
Archim. Oe Sphaera
/xev
7€€€ ^?,*
Sphere
-
et
i.
Cyl.
2-132. 3
i., Archim. ed. Heiberg
re evdelas
,^ *' ^-
he
,
,- ,
*
,€ ' cod., coni. Heath.
" The chief results of this book are described in the pre-
fatory letter to Dositheus. In this selection as much as
possiole is given of what is essential to finding the proportions
between the surface and volume of the sphere and the surface
and volume of the enclosing cylinder, which Archimedes
regarded as his crowning achievement (supra, p. 32). In
the case of the surface, the whole series of propositions is
reproduced so that the reader may follow in detail the majestic
chain of reasoning by which Archimedes, starting from
seemingly remote premises, reaches the desired conclusion
in the case of the volume only the final proposition (34) can
be given, for reasons of space, but the reader will be able to
prove the omitted theorems for himself. Pari passu with
40
ARCHIMEDES
?
, .
.
Trepi
€ €€
€€,
^ • -
' ,-?
. . . -
). . *,
.V -
,
, .
^/
'.
'. '
Ttve?
?
^ Brio
*
AXIOMS
finitions.
43
,• €
GREEK MATHEMATICS
.
al evOetai
€ ,
,' , ,
€€
y'
'
.
^,
rtves
iv
?, €7
'',
rre-
,, ,^, .
at
oXat
'. 77
. ,
'.
,) .
' ' ,, 8 *
,.
.
*6€
Aa/AjSafCi)
.
ARCHIMEDES
all the straight lines joining the points fall on the
same side of the line, or some fall on one and the
same side while others fall along the line itself, but
none fall on the other side.
3. Similarly also there are certain finite surfaces,
not in a plane themselves but having their extremities
in a plane, and such that they will either lie wholly
on the same side of the plane containing their ex-
tremities or will have no part on the other side.
4. I call concave in the same direction surfaces such
that, if any two points on them are taken, either the
straight lines between the points all fall upon the
same side of the surface, or some fall on one and
the same side while others fall along the surface
its( If, but none falls on the other side.
.4. €,
statement a connexion with Euclid's definition of a straight
line as lying evenly with the points on itself: '
"PX'A'''?0''?5
nepara ,
irtpara
evdeiav
ws ,ioTiv
'
45
, \ ,
€-
,
,4 € ,7€
« GREEK MATHEMATICS
8e iav iv
€ ctvat. .
,7€€.
', . ^,
^^
'
efvai
€€
€,
'.
€,',^' elvai
-
,.,
'.
€,
fj,
"
.
'.
,,
-
, -
'
"
. -
This famous " Axiom of Archimedes " is, in fact, gener-
ally used by him in the alternative form in which it is proved
46
ARCHIMEDES
2. Of other lines lying in a plane and having the
same extremities, [any two] such are unequal when
both are concave in the same direction and one is
either wholly included between the other and the
straight line having the same extremities with it, or
is partly included by and partly common with the
other and the included line is the lesser.
;
*€
.
,
€€
/
., Ylepi
.-
,
,- ,
,
.
,
8 ,
, ,
.
• It is here indicated, as in Prop. 3, that Archimedes added
a figure to hisown demonstration.
48
ARCHIMEDES
Prop. 1
"
evdeiav
, ,,
.
.
/^ •-
' '
,
•
,
,
? 8
, . 7€777-
eoTt
,
,
,,
•
.
^
/cat
,
eVei
,
?.•' EH?
7/)?
, -j^
•
//].*
50
' •
[]^ Tr/ao?
?
.
[
ARCHIMEDES
Prop. 2
Given two unequal magnitudes, it is possible to find two
unequal straight lines such that the greater straight line
has to the less a ratio less than the greater magnitude has
to the less.
Let AB, be two unequal magnitudes, and let
AB be the greater. I say that it is possible to find
two unequal straight lines satisfying the aforesaid
requii'ement.
By the second proposition in the first book of
,
and let ZH be
EucUd let
any straight line then
.
; ,
be placed equal to
if added to itself, will
exceed [Post. 5.]
fore, and let the result be
so let ZH be to HE ;
,
Let it be multiplied, there-
therefore
and as is to ,
[of. Eucl. V. 15
V. 7, coroU.
[Eucl. V. 8
TO ^ GREEK MATHEMATICS
elalv apa Svo eu^etat avLaot
[rovrearLV
€€
].^
"", .
-
'
^€?
eoTt
,
,
. ,,
,
,
,
otl
52
ARCHIMEDES
Accordingly there have been discovered two un-
equal straight hues fulfilling the aforesaid require-
ment.
Prop. 3
[' KM
^? , .
. rfj
€,-€ . • [ €7€€
aUl
-^
-
, '€
. 8 ].*
'
,, -
, *[, tjj
-
,}, ].'
.
. ,*
" -
,
*
,
,-
•
€
. '
£4
ARCHIMEDES
less than that which the greater magnitude has to
the less [Prop. 2], and from
right angles to
,
,
and from
let
let
be drawn at
be drawn
and let there be drawn two diameters of
KM
equal to
the circle, TE,
If we bisect the angle
,
at right angles one to another.
,.
and then bisect the half
and so on continually we shall leave a certain angle
less than double the angle Let it be left and
let it be the angle and let be joined ; then
is the side of an equilateral polygon. Let the
,
angle
through
be bisected by the straight line HH, and
let the tangent
be produced; then
be drawn, and let
is a side of an
equilateral polygon circumscribed about the circle.
0
Since the angle
angle
is less than double the angle
and is double the angle
is less than the angle
therefore the
And the
,.
,
angles at
But
:>:.«
are right ; therefore
. =
Therefore
that is, no
:
<MK .»
:
HT <MK :
:
,
Further, MK KA <A B.»
0
: :
20:2=:.0 ,
- <
" For : HT = : since : HT = 0 : =»
orrep
-
,^
.
SoOevTos
,
AajUjSavw
56
. ,
^,
rj
• 8
, ,
ARCHIMEDES
And no is a side of the circumscribed polygon, of
Prop. 5
the less.
Let there be set out the circle A and the two un-
, ^. € •
?
.
€
€4
?[,
,
^ ,]^• ,
€€, €
€€
8 Trepl
- [ ]' •
•
^€. €
^
6
e^ei
€€
6
*
.
,
, "
. . • •
*
'
,
,, ,
-
58
ARCHIMEDES
less than that which has to [Prop. 2] ; if a mean
proportional be taken between then will,,
be greater than [Eucl, vi. 13]. Let a polygon be
circumscribed about the circle and another inscribed,
so that the side of the circumscribed polygon has to
the side of the inscribed polygon a ratio less than
that which has to [Prop, 3] it follows that the
;
Prop, 8
Prop. 9
*
* / om. Heiberg.
cm. Heiberg.
59
€€^^
" .
€ €,
GREEK MATHEMATICS
, 8e
at
,
,• Aeyw,
-6
,
jtiera^y
,
, 8
.
8
,,•
.
}
8
,
,
60
ARCHIMEDES
the vertex rvill he less than the surface of the cone between
, .,
» For if h be the length of a generator of the isosceles cone,
triangle
= .
=
AB +> .
and
triangle = |., triangle
€
. ^
scripsisse
.
:
. . :
earl ,
ex Eutocio videtur Archimedem
61
.
"
•
GREEK MATHEMATICS
€ €€ € eXaaaov
,€ €€
elalv re rj
-
/^ •,
. .
" . , , ,
h
)^
,
,., , ,
/^? ;^
,
*, ,. ,- /^^
62
', ,^
,, /^^
ARCHIMEDES
be not less. Then since there are
Firstly, let it
two surfaces, the surface of the cone between ,
, together with the segment AEB and the triangle
,
having the same extremity, that is, the peri-
meter of the triangle the surface which includes
the other is greater than the included surface
[Post. 3]
,
therefore the surface of the cone between
,.
;
. ,
ments AE, EB is greater than the triangles
,
Now since the triangles
greater than the triangle
are
as was proved, by
much more therefore the surface of the cone between
, together with the segments AE, EB is
es
EB
Ota
€ •
. GREEK MATHEMATICS
hr]
€
-
,€€
, ,'
8e
. '
, ,8,
, ei)^etat
8e
'
, . .
],^88
.
, 8
[
8[
64,
8
ARCHIMEDES
greater than the triangle
ing the surface between
.
, By the same reason-
together with the
segments BZ, greater than the triangle
therefore the whole surface between
is
, together
;
.
remainder, the surface between
than the triangle
less
, ;
is greater
Prop. 10
Prop. 12
^ em . . . om. Heiberg.
65
GREEK MATHEMATICS
€} €€
,,[ ,
iarl rrjs
€],^
€], iav nepl
].* [
,
els KvXivSpov
8• , ],^ , ^
-
? ,
" . ,
, ,
6
,
6
.
, ,
,6* ,
66
»\ /» ,
» W /
€
>»« i)
ARCHIMEDES
is circumscribed about an isosceles cone, the surface
of the p)'ramid without the base is greater than the
surface of the cone without the base [Prop. 10].
From what has been demonstrated it is also clear
that, if a right prism be inscribed in a cylinder, the
surface of the prism composed of the parallelograms
is less than the surface of the cylinder excluding
the bases * [Prop. 11], and if a right prism be circum-
scribed about a cylinder, the surface of the prism
composed of the parallelograms is greater than the
surface of the cyUnder excluding the bases.
Prop. 13
The surface of any right cylinder excluding the bases *
is equal to a circle rvhose raditcs is a jtiean proportional
between the side of the cylinder and the diameter of the
base of the cylinder.
Let the circle A be the base of a right cyUnder, let
be equal to the diameter of the circle A, let EZ
be equal to the side of the cylinder, let
proportional between ,
be a mean
EZ, and let there be set
out a circle, B, whose radius is equal to ; it is
required to prove that the circle is equal to the
surface of the cylinder excluding the bases. *>
tion,
"
.
Here, and in other places in this and the next proposi-
Archimedes must have written not ,
.
rrjs
• See preceding note.
€ -. ^
monstration
•
•
?
. .
.
.
is
.
. .
interpolated.
eKeivq)
. ,
Heiberg suspects that this de-
Why give a proof of what is
om. Heiberg.
Heiberg suspects that this
proof is interpolated.
67
. Sr)
GREEK MATHEMATICS
Trporepov, el Swarov,
re
.
,
,
),
^,
.
" One
Tjj
MS.
) . '
has the marginal note, " equalis altitudinis
€€€ €
rfj
€»]/, [ineiSrj
\
ttj rrepL•
[
),
.* ].^
--
,
,
at
^ ' ],^, ,
[
,],, ,'• [
; ,•
[
,
11, ^
?, ,
? . ,, §•
,
taov
,
1 FZ,.
•
. ^
^ €7Tei8ri . . . cm. Heiberg.
• ineiSv . . . cm. Heiberg,
• om. Torellius.
70
ARCHIMEDES
to the perimeter of the rectilineal figure about the
circle A, let be equal to , and let be half
of ; then the triangle will be equal to the
rectilineal figure circumscribed about the circle A,"
=2TA iPZ .
=TA PZ.
€
.
,
•
€??
-
- ,,
• eav yap
€,[€€€ €€
€,
^ -
ev9etai
€€
^^
?
etSo?
elalv
•? ,
, €,
€€
, ]*•
€
€ €€ €'
KvXivhpov
,
8 ,6,
•
^, 88 [^
iv
72
. *
*
. . .
fvtih^Ttep . . . ,
f
cm. Heiberg,
»].'
om. Heiberg.
ARCHIMEDES
And : PZ = triangle : triangle PAZ.»
Therefore the ratio which the triangle has to
the rectilineal figure circumscribed about the circle
triangle .
is the same as the ratio of the triangle
=.
«
*
•
By Eucl. vi. 1, since
-
From Eutocius's comment
wrote, in place of
it
onep
appears that Archimedes
in our text
.8
"
.
€€4
Snep
For the surface of the prism
ei?
This is what I translate.
greater than the surface
is
of the cylinder [Prop. 12], but the inscribed figure is less than
the circle ; the explanation in our text to this effect is
shown to be an interpolation by the fact that Eutocius sup-
plies a proof in his own words.
. ,
), /cat
8
-
, [ 8
^,^
[
,
, ' ]• -
,
. ,, ,
,
' at
[ iv
iv
'
iv
€ /cat
iv
ie
iepa-
iav€La
,
OTTep
€€€
€
, € ].^•
iLve,av
ioTL
iepa€vov
iova
iva,
€€
he
iv
, iav€a
ioTiv
ioTLV.
ihe)(
6
i^,avea
,
'
i^avea
] ivea il ,
, iK
."
^ inel .
,
. .
,
ioTiv
om. Heiberg.
6 ,
" For since the figure circumscribed about the circle has
to the inscribed figure a ratio less than that which the circle
has to the surface of the cylinder [ex hypothesi], and the
circle is less than the circumscribed figure, therefore the
76
ARCHIMEDES
the circle A has to the rectiUneal figure inscribed
in the circle
A
But the
is less
rectilineal figure
equal.
Prop. 14
.4
e/c
. Et ,
.
, -
6
), --
,
.-
-
),
.
78
ARCHIMEDES
to the side of the cone, and let be a mean propor-
tional between ,, and let the circle have its
at €
,]^' 8 8
[
-
'
),
8
)
8
, ;
8 88 -
, []
»].*
.
80
ARCHIMEDES
the circles A, are similar, they have the same ratio
one toward the other as the square of the radii have
one toward the other, that is E2^ or ^
[Eucl. ; :
*
^ € .
.
.
.
.
. om. Heiberg.
om. Heiberg.
81
€,
icrnv,
^Tf,
GREEK MATHEMATICS
ovhk . el
els
€4, € irepi,-
.,
,
) ,
-'
€€ , ,-
^?'
€€
. 8
[
8- -
-
^'-
-
* , , . om. Heiberg.
gon ,
the cone = J perimeter of poly
so that the area of the
,
.
€€' -
dpa e^et iv A
-
iv
€7€ rj
icrrlv
€€€
,8
iv
. Be
ive^av iv -
[
,iv il iLava
' ..
'\} ovhk ilv 6
iSe 8,
iavea
, jLterafu
,- i-
ihv
",,, iv
iK
i8o.
84
8
, iB,
ARCHIMEDES
scribed in the circle A has to the polygon inscribed in
the circle a ratio greater than that which the same
polygon [inscribed in the circle A] has to the surface
of the pyramid therefore the surface of the pyramid
;
Prop. 16
rrjs , , € re
6 •
,
6
^, Se
)
"
6
€
€
,.
"
€
,,
rfj
,
•
.
Tjj
8
,, ,
ttj
, ,
^ , ,, he
IS!Z•, ,
,
86
6 , ?.
ARCHIMEDES
and let there be set out a circle whose radius is a
mean proportional between
HA, and let
and the sum of ,
be the circle ; I say that the circle
between
For let the circles A, be set out, and let the
square of the radius of be equal to the rectangle
contained by ,,
of A be equal to the rectangle contained
and let the square of the radius
by BA, AH
of the cone
,
therefore the circle
cone while the circle
A is
[Prop. 14].
equal to the surface of the
is
And
equal to the surface
since
BA . = . +( . +AH)
because is parallel to AH,'* while the square of
the radius of A is equal to AB AH, the square of the
(,
.
• The proof is
* €
,
GREEK MATHEMATICS
€€ €€ ^
iarl rfj ^€
. €€8 ,
€€
€
? ,
,
^,
€*€ els -
evdeiai
?
.
^
,
" , ^
ju,ia
,,,,•
,
, ,,., •
', 6
etvat juia
€€
^
iv
otl
€-
'-
^,
,
,,, [
,
, U ,
,
'
,?]^•
. ^ 00,
88
* iva . , . , om. Heiberg.
ARCHIMEDES
,.
while
But is equal to the surface of the cone
,
Let
HN,
be inscribed, and let EK,
be joined then it is clear that they
;
,
are parallel to a straight line subtended by two sides
of the polygon * I say therefore that the sum of the
;
BA, to
and to « ; therefore
ES:HA=KH:HO.
But KH HO =Zn 0,
: : [Eucl. vi. 4
ju,ev ^ cos Se -
7/30 ^ /cat en, tj
? ,? , ? , NT he - NT ?,,
,
Tf
• ert, ij
MX [/cat
, 8€. , , , , , eva]^•
rrjv
90
7/3?
.
• , , ,? , ?
*•
. ,
8e
.
ij
«/ om.
/cat, ^
Heiberg.
,
ARCHIMEDES
while
GREEK MATHEMATICS
' iv
els avTov ) ,, 6
•, ,
8e
,^
.}
€
, ,
at he
at
,
}
iav
.,
92
,
,
yvuouoat
at
?
,
6
,
at eVt^eu-
6
-
at
ARCHIMEDES
Prop. 23
to the circle ;
described on the surface of the sphere at right angles
,?^€€
^,-
MN
GREEK MATHEMATICS
TLVos
,
,
€€
^ ,
ai 8e
^
BH,
at ,
6
TrXevpal
, ^^^
6
6
re Tjj
,•-
AT,
.
jSaAAojLtevat
8
-
' ,.
-- -
, ^.
'.
8
95
GREEK MATHEMATICS
*H
,? ? -
,
".
,,
8
),
,,
, , -
at
,
^
^.
6 ,
,,,,•, 6
-
,,,,,,
€
,
, ,
•)7.€9
-
"^
, , i^Z-tic^^ici?
/?
,, /^^?
96
ARCHIMEDES
Prop. 24
,,
^
. , ^,^
,,,,,
?, ,
/c
-
, , ,?, , ?
7€€€ at
"
98
ARCHIMEDES
contained by AE and the half of A +MN, and let
the square of the radius of be equal to the rect
angle contained by AE and the half of MN. Now
by these constructions the circle is equal to the
7€€€
, , , .€ €
, VTTo
8wavTai
€€
• €€ ,,,,
,.,,
)
^
.
,,,,,
'. - 6
€
]
6
^, ,,,,
-
€
,
.[]
,-
, "
*
}
this proposition
, shows that
• If the radius of the sphere is
100
ARCHIMEDES
,,, ; therefore the sum of the squares
of the radii of the circles 0, P, ,
T, ,
is equal to
,,
the rectangle contained by AE and the sum of EZ,
KA, MN. But the square of the radius of
is equal to the rectangle contained by AE
the circle
and a straight hne made up of EZ,
[ex hypothest] ;
KA,
therefore the square of the radius of
,, MN
the circle is equal to the sum of the squares of
the radii of the circles 0, ,,,, ; and there-
fore the circle is equal to the sum of the circles
0, ,
P, ,
T, Y. Now the sum of the circles 0, ,
P, ,
T, was shown to be equal to the surface of
the aforesaid figure and therefore the circle
; will
be equal to the surface of the figure.*
Prop, 25
The surface of the figure inscribed in the sphere and
bounded by the surfaces of cones is less than four times
the greatestof the circles in the sphere.
Let be the greatest circle in a sphere, and
in it let there be inscribed an equilateral polygon,
the number of whose sides is divisible by four, and,
starting from it, let a surface bounded by surfaces of
"^a* cos 3—
4n
[by p. 91 n. 6.
101
GREEK MATHEMATICS
€€ €€ ^-^• 4,
€.-
76;^0
, , ,,at
ev Trj
?-
• 7 ? ,
,
,
,,,
- 6
^,, ,
,,
, ?,
? ? , . ,, ,
,
[
,•
•
-
, ,
, . ,
]^' 6
* . . . om. Heiberg.
102
ARCHIMEDES
cones be imagined ; I say that the surface of the
inscribed figure is less than four times the greatest
,
of the circles inscribed in the sphere.
For let EI, subtended by two sides of the
polygon, be joined, and let ZK, ,
be parallel
that is,
EA . (EI + ZK + + HA +
the square on the radius of the circle
)
But .
..
<2.
=
[ex hyp.
[Eucl.
[Eucl.
vi.
iii.
16
15
Therefore the square on the radius of is less than
the square on therefore the circle
; is less
103
€ ,
) 4•
GREEK MATHEMATICS
Se
-
^]
€
iv Tjj .
" €€,
^ , -
iv 6
^ ^
TTspl Be
&4, €
7€€. ^
€€ • ',,
Kevrpov
<5
iv
€ '-
'
€,
104
ARCHIMEDES
than four times the greatest circle. But the circle
was proved equal to the aforesaid surface of the
figure ; therefore the surface of the figure is less
than four times the greatest of the circles in the
sphere.
Prop. 28
Let be the greatest a sphere, and
circle in
about the circle let there be circumscribed
,
be described about the polygon circumscribing the
While EH
in which lie
both the polygon and the circle, be rotated ; it is
clear that the circumference of the circle will
traverse the surface of the sphere, while the circum-
ference of will traverse the surface of another
105
Se , *€€7
GREEK MATHEMATICS
Kevrpov
kvkXovs
€V TTJ iXdaaovL ,
rfj ,
,-
-
-
,
' ,
.,
,
ttj
" , ^. ,-
* .
8
,
^
.',
, '
106
--
ARCHIMEDES
sphere, having the same centre as the lesser sphere ;
€,€
^,
'€€
€7€€4
'
,
Be
nepi '.
rrepi-
€
7€ '
€^^?
Trepl
ets"
he
,? - iv
.
6
/?
?
"If the radius of the inner sphere is and that of the outer
sphere a', and the regular polygon has 4« sides, then
Prop. 29
»4' ,«•.7.1,.277
., sec'i— sin sm ~- +sin^— +
-j- . . .
,,
+sin (2n- 1)^
^\'" ~\
4n 4n 2» L2» ^
"2nj,
or 4* sec 4n
-j—
109
GREEK MATHExMATICS
'
^ ,.
€ ^
].
(, rrepl
" €
iv
6
6
]
7€€ rrepl
iv
,
^
,€- at -
€€€
,
110
}
•
•
€
tc
• ^
^ -€
ARCHIMEDES
Prop. 80
sphere.
For let there be both the sphere and the circle and
^
[€ ^,,
icrrlv "fj Ik
icmv
o^^}
€
4
.
€€4
,
6 errt-
, eV
^. '
,
iv
icnX
,
6
.,.
• 6
, ' 88
, 6
,
*
•
8> .
Because
. . om. Heiberg.
Prop. 33
The surface of any sphere is four times the greatest of
the circles in it.
€€4 €€4
€ ei?
[ .
6
,
-
-
6 , 8
6
'^' «-
8•
, 8
, [88
€(.
]^ 6
* , , . om. Heiberg.
• . . . kvkXos " repetitionem inutilem Prop. 25,**
om. Heiberg.
114
ARCHIMEDES
face of the sphere bears to the circle [Prop. 2]. Let
B, be so taken, and let be a mean proportional
between B, ,
and let the sphere be imagined as cut
,
through the centre along the [plane of the] circle
and let there be imagined a polygon inscribed
in the circle and another circumscribed about it in
such a manner that the circumscribed polygon is
similar to the inscribed polygon and the side of the
circumscribed polygon has [to the side of the inscribed
polygon] a ratio less than that which
<•
has to
[Prop. 3]. Therefore the surface of the figure cir-
cumscribed about the sphere has to the surface of
the inscribed figure a ratio less than that which the
surface of the sphere has to the circle A which is
;
115
ۥ ,
GREEK MATHEMATICS
.€€ ,,
,
ovhe el
€ at , evOeLat,
€€ 6
€€
€€ , € -
, ,
[ apalf•
-
. ^
,.' \_
6
•
. )
•
^
17 .
. .
.
.
. €
,
om. Heiberg.
cm. Heiberg.
47ra^ .
i sin .
which is familiar to every student of the calculus as the
formula for the area of a sphere and has the value 4,^.
Thus Archimedes' procedure is equivalent to a genuine
integration, but when it comes to the last stage, instead
of saying, " Let the sides of the polygon be indefinitely
VOL. U 117
GREEK MATHEMATICS •
'
,€. ^€^ .6
8e ttjv Ik
ei
earl
iv
iv ttj
€-
€ rj
^
* ,,,'•, » €1 /,
8
,
/c
^
6
«
increased," he prefers to prove that the area of the sphere
cannot be either greater or less than 4*. By this double
reductio ad absurdum he avoids the logical difficulties of
dealing with indefinitely small quantities, difficulties that
were not fully overcome until recent times.
The procedure by which in this same book Archimedes
118
ARCHIMEDES
Prop. 34
Any
sphere is four times as great as the cone having
a base equal to the greatest of the circles in the sphere
and height equal to the radius of the sphere.
For let tnere be a sphere in wliich is the
et?
€€, he
€8, -
€€€,
,
.
/ ,
,,
,
, 9>/),
,
*
. -
.
^ Heiberg, codd.
and so x>c.
120
ARCHIMEDES
the greater -will have to the less a less ratio than
that which the sphere has to the cone Therefore .
let the straight lines K, H, and the straight lines I, ,
be so taken that exceeds I, and I exceeds and
exceeds by an equal quantity let there be ;
a y = a^ 6'
: [Kucl. v. Def.
: 10, also vol. i.
p. 258 n. 6.
Therefore : ci>a* : 6*.
121
'
€ €[€.
GREEK iMATHEMATICS
,
^
he
.
€€
^ - ^, • €€
€€
,
^
? ,,[ ^ € -
€
•
Trj
].*
yyy/^/x/.vov
. ,
", ,
,
,
^,
,, , - at
6
,
,
,
-
122
ARCHIMEDES
fore the circumscribed figure has to the inscribed a
ratio less than : H. But is a ratio less than
:
* . . . om. Heiberg,
• StoTi . . . TfTpanXaaiov om. Heiberg.
123
GREEK MATHEMATICS
^
^ 4€€ ^^-
•
e^ei
, -
€€
€€
"
.
exec
-
.
,
e^ei
., ,
¥%. ^
'^
..
5
,
[ , ,
',
, . -
, ,
•
,., ,
8 ,
* The
6
title is
^^,?
124
ARCHIMEDES
is less than I [ex hypothest]
: therefore the cir-
;
,
[Prop. 31, coroll.]. Therefore the sphere is not less
than four times the cone having its base equal to
the circle and height equal to the radius of
the sphere. But it was proved that it cannot be
greater ; therefore it is four times as great.
[corollary]
€
€€
] 8€ €,
Kevrpov r^S"
,
€],^
^
ioTi
6 6
Trepl
€
[^, ort
, - ev
' -
. ^,
(c)
.
Solution of a Cubic Equation
^,
Archim. De Sphaera et Cyl. ii., Prop. 4, Archim. ed.
. .
Heiberg i. 186. 15-192. 6
^ SrjXov . . , Heiberg.
• As the geometrical form of proof is rather diffuse, and
may conceal from the casual reader the underlying nature of
the operation, it may be as well to state at the outset the
various stages of the proof. The problem is to cut a given
sphere by a plane so that the segments shall have a given
ratio, and the stages are :
,
, ,4 , /cat
^/
6
, ,
,, , ,
,•'
, ,• 6
6
8.
[. ]^•
-
^ ineinep . . . om. Heiberg.
:,
+: :,
produced in either direction
=
=
and let
is
,, AP, be joined
equal to the segment
; then the cone
of the sphere, and
129
GREEK MATHEMATICS
T€pov
KB
€,
?, . ,
, 4, /cat CTrei ioTiv,
?
•? ? . ? ,
^
KB,
Trpos•
?,. . ?^?,,, ?
ioTiVf
[ ?, TT/DOS"
,
, , .
, ,-€
) Trpos
€ ? ,
?KB,^ • KB ?, ].^ ?
€7€ ioTiv,
KB,
Trpos"
,
/cat
TTy
* €?
, ?, ,
[/cai
ij ya/j
ij
? ].* ,
7/)$•
€7€ Aoyos
? Aoyos"
)
Trpos
BX
ZX
=,
comment to be an interpolation.
and
; V.
. . . npos
preceding note.
:
Since
This is proved by Eutocius thus
+ : : = XB,
= PB BX,
dirimendo,
and permutando,
•.#.,
Again, since
=:.«
EB + BXt XB=AXt
:
: BP = XB,
:
ISO
ARCHIMEDES
same way as in a previous proposition [Prop. 2], by
construction,
=
: : = : XB.»
,
And
componendo,
».e.,
since
:PB BK =
PK =
=
:
:. ,
KA .
:
:
[Eucl. v. 7, coroll.
[Eucl. v. 18
:PA KA =
PA =
=
:
. 2.
2:2.
: [Eucl. v. 12
[Eucl. vi. 17
And
invertendoet
componendo,
since
: :. : =
=
Let BZ be placed equal to KB. It is plain that [Z]
will fall beyond P.*» Since the ratio is
: XB,
P"^!* ""-,'
and v. 18
coroll.
.
dirimendo
Now
Therefore
.•.
*
BZ>BP.
Since
et permutando
:=:, >, : =
and
:
:
XB
AX:XB = KB:BP.
XB=KB BP.
.•.
:
KB>BP.
• Eutocius's note shows, what Archimedes wrote was
As
" Since the ratio : is given, and the ratio : ,
:
is also given." Eutocius's
therefore the ratio
=:;,
:
proof is :
Since KB + BX : BX :
=
:=:.•;
:=:.
But the ratio BZ ZX is given because ZB is equal to the
:
,
So^et?. PA
€€
€€ , -
eTret 6
?,?',?, ? /? ,, /acv
•)/?
Be,
,? ,€ , €€
?8€. ^? — ?
.• ? /cat j^
^
^
, Se
? ,
., ' 8o^eis"
SoOetaa yap
? . ';)(
? ?
€
[
,, ,? , ^, ? ]^• 6
?
, ?[
hodev. •
* Kotvos . . . npos
* TO,
these words are interpolated.
.
Eutocius's
.
Eutocius's
]*
,.
[
comment shows
comments show
],*
that
these
words to be glosses.
the cones
: XP.
, is
Therefore the ratio
and
also given, and therefore the
: given.
is
ratio
Since
are given, it follows that
the ratios : :
and since
: and
: :
:,: =
=
:
22
therefore the ratio
Now
ZB
:
is given.
:
the ratio
:
and BZ : [
;.ZX.
is
Let
=
is composed of the
;
be chosen so that]
—
ratios
22
fore ^ the ratio BZ is composed of the ratios
and BZ : ZX. But the ratio BZ
:
,.
: is :
2
fore, the remainder"
and
=
are given. And the straight line
22
There-
in which
is
:
: :
:
: «= . :
01 x\a-x)=bc^,
133
GREEK MATHEMATICS
\€ €
,
elvai
ivOdSe
]^ 8•
?• €€ e^ei
^
, €
€,
€€.
€€
€ ,
£utoc.
5'
€€.
8€€
Comm.
ed.
in Archim.
Heiberg
ouev ^,,^
Be Sphaera
iii.
,
et
130. 17-150.
€7€ ^,
?
evpeiv
Cyl.
22
ii.,
/
* '/
Archim.
, *8,
iv
,
.,
,
'
* TovreoTi . . . Eutocius's notes make it seem
likely that these words are interpolated.
that
nature
= 2,
: Given two straight
and a point upon
2:2=:;
and the analysis and synthesis of both problems will
be given at the end.'»
7€ €
GREEK MATHEMATICS
iv
€'
?
e/c
els anearq-
€
,
, , .
,., , ,- v^ryvov
€.
, - iv
*
,
, ,Tfi
, efvai,
AT
7/)•>7$'
.
,,
136
ARCHIMEDES
in a certain ancient book—for I pursued the inquiry
thoroughly —I came upon some theorems which,
though far from clear^^owing to errors and to manifold
faults in the diagrams, nevertheless gave the sub-
stance of what I sought, and furthermore preserved
in part the Doric dialect beloved by Archimedes,
while they kept the names favoured by ancient
custom, the parabola being called a section of a right-
angledcone and the hyperbola a section of an obtuse-
angled cone ;in short, I felt bound to consider
whether these theorems might not be what he had
promised to give at the end. For this reason I
applied myself with closer attention, and, although it
was difficult to get at the true text owing to the
multitude of the mistakes already mentioned, gradu-
ally I routed out the meaning and now set it out, so
far as I can, in more familiar and clearer language.
In the first place the theorem will be treated gener-
ally, in order to make clear what he says about the
limits of possibiUty ;then will follow the special form
it takes under the conditions of his analysis of the
problem.
,
"
Se
/cat
;
7/)? ,? 8e ,
? ,
, € ,
• ,
,
'
1 . ,
,, .
•
7j TH ,
.'
-•
MHZ,
•
MHZ
1S8
, eav €
ARCHIMEDES
both and , and let the parallelogram
completed, and through let
be
be drawn parallel
to either or
88 ,
^' eZvai
^
/cat
8€^€
, . , SoOev •
,
,
,
"
,
^
, ,
,
. ,
'
,
^
£?
,
,
88 '
88 •
.
• 8 *
,
,, - ,
,
.
,
,
' LetAB=a,Ar = 6,andA = rH.HM=c»,sothatHM = ^.
Then if be taken as the axis of and HZ as the axis of y,
the equation of the parabola is
(a - x)y = ab.
Their points of intersection give solutions of the equation
«*( - a;) = bc\
140
ARCHIMEDES
If, therefore, a parabola be drawn through about
the axis ZH with the parameter HM, it will pass
through [Apoll. Con. i. 11, converse], and it will be
given in position because is given in magnitude
i.e.,
if
. ., ,
" Again, since the area
for
by the converse
i. 43
and
Let it be
drawn, as described, and let it be KB ; therefore
lies on a hyperbola given in position. But it lies
also on a parabola given in position therefore
; is
€€',
BE CTTi iari
€ BE
? , Bodev
BE
cttI
.
bodelaav elvat
"
evOela
€0€
, '?' €€,
jctev
,
.
^^
, efrai,
,
ev Sodelaav
,
BoBev
"
' ' '. •? BE
,
ev
, , , "
?
/ '* ,
)3?
,
BE
77?
" Et
BE.
,, /cat
\ ' -
In our algebraical notation, x\a - a;) is a maximum when
•
aj = fa.
We can easily prove this by the calculus. For, by
differentiating and equating to zero, we see that x\a - x) has
142
ARCHIMEDES
portional to the altitudes therefore the solids are
;
2. .,
equal [Eucl. xi. 34] ; therefore
=
in which both and But, of all the
are given.
figures similarlytaken upon A, BE^ A is greatest ,
**
The synthesis is as follows Let A be the given
:
143
€'
7?<
eoTiv,
,4€
?,
GREEK MATHEMATICS
, , ? ,€ BE,
,
?
.
,
.
/cat
BE ,
?? .
ctti
'
TjH
inl
€€ , ?, , ?, ' ,
? ,, ?, ^
, • ,
VL
,
, . ',
1 i ZiiN ,
7,
?
?, •TjH
,
. •
€,"
€ .
,
€ ,
,
- ,^ .
Till
'^
iav 8
144
ARCHIMEDES
AB, and through
and let it meet
letBZ be drawn parallel to,
produced at H, and let the
parallelogram be completed, and through let
be drawn parallel to ZH. Now
since
7€, Trepl
GREEK MATHEMATICS
, €
,€
, '
'
? ,.
'
TTjV ,
? " €/-
d
,
eVi
/
,
, € • ?
ioTiv
evrei
. ,
.€ eVri
eav ctti
, ? .
? , eiOeia,
? ,, ?
'^ toy >]
,?
,
7T/)os" 77
. ,'
, 2jiU,
, JdU,
146
ARCHIMEDES
if we describe through a hyperbola in the asym-
ptotes ,, it will pass through by the converse
of the eighth theorem [of the second book] of
Apollonius's Elements of Conies. Let it be described,
and let it be as BK cutting the parabola in H, and
. = AB BZ .
; [ApoU. ii. 12
PO = OZ.
Therefore if a straight line be drawn from to it
will pass
be drawn, and
through
let it
[Eucl.
be as . i. 43, converse].
Then since
Let it
A : = OB : [Eucl. vi. 4
:,
and : .:.,
by taking a common
=
=
altitude ZN,
And . ^ OA
=,
:
ZN =
ZN :
i.
. ZN.
= B02,
1 1],
by the
0: = :02;
147
€ .,
GREEK MATHEMATICS
.
" " 4,,^^ BE
.€ 4
BE icm
evOela
yap, iv
, €-
,
,
,, ,
^
,
€€, * ,
^
^ .
, €€ €4^
• €
BE
^. ,
',
€8 €
^)
'
^€ .€ -
')7^ hrj
,
,? f-V
,
€€-
;
€. ,,
iv
14.8
ARCHIMEDES
therefore the point has been found satisfying the
conditions of the problem.
EA = : .:2;
then BE2 EA = .
then, that
figures similarly
(
are inversely proportional to the altitudes. I assert,
HM) .. is the greatest of all the
taken upon BA.
" For let there be described through a parabola
about the axis ZH
and with parameter ; it will HM
pass through K, as was proved in the analysis, and, if
produced, it will meet ,
being parallel to the axis "
of the parabola, by the twenty-seventh theorem of
the first book of Apollonius's Elements of Conies."
Let it be produced, and let it meet at N, and through
let a hyperbola be drawn in the asymptotes
;it will pass through K, as was shown in the
,
analysis. Let it be described as BK, and let ZH be
produced to so that ZH = H3, and let 3K be joined
" Figure on p. 151.
* Lit. " diameter," in accordance with Archimedes' usage.
' Apoll. i. 26 in our texts.
VOL. II 149
€€
€€ €GREEK MATHEMATICS
' €,
€ rrjs
^ , -
. eTrei 8 BE —
— ,
• . i. 33 in our texts.
150
ARCHIMEDES
and produced to it is clear that it will touch
;
/cat
GREEK MATHEMATICS
^ .
eart
^ etvat
.'
• ?^
€€'
€€
€€
. BevTepov
6. " ^ ^
,
,
}
-- •
.,
1 2jA.
'
, - L
.
, ,
(.). 4
is 5s"' = ^c*; and Archimedes has proved
c*
that, when this condition holds, the parabola x*= y touches
both touch at this point the same straight line, that is the
152
ARCHIMEDES
2
similar to the triangle ,
2 EK = 2K0.
,
is so that
But = because = and is parallel
to KZ therefore OK = KII. Therefore
; which
meets the hyperbola and lies between the asymptotes,
is bisected therefore, by the converse of the third
;
w» - *+ 4
g^o»
4
= 2^o« - bc\
(«-3-)'(''+l)=2V-'<"•
Therefore, when bc^ = ^-a^ there are two coincident solu-
27
Q
tions, ; = ^, lying between and a, and a third solution
, he
€
€
• BE
cm ioTi eVt .
. ,
€ € 8
)
€^
/cat
,
,.
) .BE em
€€€
^
"
^
•
€ €4 '
^
•
'
^
''
',
' ,'
;
€77t
17
€€ ? '.
''
'.. ^
S".
, ''
•>5
'
? ,' ',
* Figure
5" ? /jo?
,
',
on p. 156.
154
ARCHIMEDES
2 <XH HM.
.
.
while HX = XH Hi2,
,
: . : .
by taking a
But
2. (.)..
( )2 <( )
common altitude
=
=
=
:2, .
.:8
<2 .
. . . . ;
. .
5"
. .
through S" parallel to KA and let it meet the hyper-
bola at it will meet the hyperbola because it is
;
',
while
since :
: ' =
:
. : . , 155
4
GREEK MATHExMATICS
',
',
€ ioTi
BE
Bs",
• €.
€
"
Bs"
ini
156
ARCHIMEDES
by taking a common altitude ,
= ,2:'«
-.2:2,
Br2.rA -(.2)..
And . HM > . 2 ;
BE2 . EA > 2 . .
157
^
fi
S"A.
Se
GREEK MATHEMATICS
BE
8€€
,
."
BE
, ctti
,
,*
8 - BE
/cat
,
Bs" S"A
, ^^, ,• BE 8
,
,
* , -
,
Te/tret
.
,
5",
Ps", rejuvet
-
' There is some uncertainty where the quotation from
Archimedes ends and Eutocius's comments are resumed.
Heiberg, with some reason, makes Eutocius resume his
comments at this point.
* In the Hss. the figures on pp. 150 and 156 are com-
108
ARCHIMEDES
This can be proved similarly for all points taken
between E, A. And it was proved for all points
between E, therefore for all figures similarly
;
The
following consequences " should also be noticed
in the aforementioned figure.* Inasmuch as it has
been proved that
2 . <BE2
and B5-2 . rA <BE2 EA, .
,
through T.** And since it must necessarily meet
being parallel to a diameter [Apoll. Con. i. 26],
it is clear that it cuts the hyperbola in another point
above K, as at in this case, and a perpendicular
drawn from to AB, as Pr in this case, vdll cut A
in -, so that the point satisfies the conditions of the
root as ,
cubic has two real roots it must, of course, have a third real
but the Greeks did not recognize negative
solutions.
* By Apoll. i. 11, since TX»=XH . . 159
, ^
€- ,
GREEK MATHEMATICS
-
, ,,
€ €
€7,
.
^ Bs" eVt
et /Ltev
e^eariv,
,
5"A, ?
,
?
^
,,
-,
, - ,
' '
, , -
,,
*8
,
,,
S".
,. , , € 88
8, , , "
.".
, ',' ,
,, -
' Archimedes' figure is re-drawn {v. page 162) so that
B, come on the left of the figure and on the right,
instead of B, on the right and on the left.
* V. supra, p. 133.
160
ARCHIMEDES
problem, and ^. = 65-2 - A, as is clear from the
.
p.
For
' = |[ex hyp.], and so in the figure on
162 corresponds with BE in the figure on p. 146, while
BZ in the figure on p. 162 corresponds with EA in the figure
on p. 146.
161
GREEK MATHEMATICS
.'7€4 €€
"
€€
evdaSe
," cTvai,
,
€€ ." efvat
^
€7 ecni
cii'at,
eVi
. ,
" Eutocius proceeds to give solutions of the problem
by Dionysodorus and Diodes, by whose time, as he has
explained, Archimedes' own solution had already dis-
appeared. Dionysodorus solves the less general equation
by means of the intersection of a parabola and a rectangular
hyperbola Diodes solves the general problem by the inter-
;
>,
conditions of the present case," that
" no such investigation
is, if = 2
and
For the product of the given area
straight line
^
necessary."
is
,
Archim. Be Con. et Sphaer., Praef., Archim. ed. Heiberg
,.
*
i. 246. 1-14
ed
€
rot iv
^?,
€€
^' iv
tols
8
. ,
., - ?
8e
-
El
(i.) Preface
Archimedes, On Conoids and Spheroids, Preface,
Archim, ed. Heiberg i. 246. 1-14
^,
,
. , ^?
/xev
-
ioTiv
-
Ibid., Prop. 1, Archim. ed. Heiberg 260. 26-261. 22
,
i.
Et
8
* ,, , ,, *
" , ,,,,,
yov.
?
Ttm
,,,,,,
" If is the common
difference, the first series is A, 2A,
3A . . . nh, and the second
series is nh, nh . . . to terms, its
sum obviously being n*A. The lemma asserts that
2(A+2A+3A+ . . . ^7)<*<2(+2+3+ . . . nh).
It proved in the book On Spirals, Prop. 11. The proof is
is
geometrical, lines being placed side by side to represent the
166
ARCHIMEDES
equal quantity, which common difference is equal to the
least term, and if there he a second series of magnitudes,
equal to the first in number, in which each term
is equal
to the greatest term \in the first series^, the sum of the
mag?iiiudes in the series in ivkich each term is equal to
the greatest term is less than double of the sum of the
magnitudes differing by an equal quantity, but greater
than double of the sum of those magnitudes less the
greatest term. The proof of this is clear."
, €€
,
,,,
,,,
, €4
/xeye^ea
,,'
,
jueye^ea
,
,,
,,
,,,
,, ' iv
,,, ,^ , ,^.
€,
•, )
ev
,
ttotl iii, vy
, BeiKTeov,
,,,,, ,,
,,,
,,,,, ,,,,,.
" Since
ARCHIMEDES
,,, and let them have the same ratio two by
two, so that
A:B = H :,
and so on, and let the series of magnitudes A, B,
: = :,
,
, E, form any proportion with another series of
magnitudes N, H, 0, P, and let H, ,
I, K, A, , ,
form the same proportion with the corresponding
, X, ,
terms of another
and so on ;
A:N = H
it is
series, T,
:T,
+ + + + + + + + + + .
+ + + + + + + + + + •
:. =
= : [ibid.
By pursuing
+ ++:++ this
+
method
+
it may be proved that
+ + + =-•:,
or,
Now
+ + +:
permutando,
:=:;
+++ + = + + + :. (1)
.•. componendo et
+ :
: 0:;
permutando,
+ =
=
[Eucl. v. 18, v. 16
[Eucl. V. 16
whence + + + 0:+ = 0:, [Eucl, v. 18
and so on until we obtain
But
+ +0+ + +:+ +
A:N=H:T;
+ +'+ =: . .
[ex hyp.
(2)
+
+
+
0++ +
+ _ + + + ++
+ ~+ ++ + " +
Q.E.D.
169
GREEK MATHEMATICS
(iii.) Volume of a Segment of a Paraboloid of
Revolution
Ibid.,
4 €€-
/-
Prop. 21, Archim. ed. Heiberg i. 344, 21-354. 20
, ^ iam
ARCHIMEDES
(iii.) Volume of a Segment of a Paraboloid of
Revolution
Ibid., Prop. 21, Archim. ed. Heiberg i. 344. 21-354. 20
* 4€ 8€ TTCpl , Be
[^ € 6
6
»]/ 4,
., -
. eoTt
iarnv
€, ',,, ivTi
,
,
€
arepeov
, ,»
et
-
, ,
cUv
6
,-
? 8
, ,
,
,
,-
,
, ,
* ineinep . . . om. Heiberg.
,
that having for its base the circle about the diameter
A and for axis and let the least be that having
for its base the circle about the diameter and for
axis ; and let the planes of all the cylinders be
half times, as great as the same cone ; but because
is obscure and introduces an interpola-
iireinep often
tion, Heiberg rejects the explanation to this effect in the text.
* Archimedes has used those inscribed and circumscribed
• €€ 8€.8€
iv
Trepi
6 ?,', 8 ,
^]€
Se
els
€-
7€€€
yidei enct,
€€€
, 8,
6
6
)
' ^^, 8 ,
.
) ,
6
. BE, , /cat 6
6
TTOTt
^/^
, , ,
ev
' ?
,,
,
^jLiiaeia
)? ,^ []^
6
,
6
^,
-
174
ARCHIMEDES
produced to the surface of the cyhnder having for its
base the circle about the diameter and for axis
;then the whole cylinder is divided into cylinders
equal in number to the cylinders in the circumscribed
figure and in magnitude equal to the greatest of
them. And since the figure circumscribed about the
segment exceeds the inscribed figure by a quantity
less than that by which the segment exceeds the
cone, clear that the figure inscribed in the seg-
it is
2
ratio
:
AA2:KE2
KE2 = :
[Eucl.
BE 6 =
xii.
xii. 2];
Similarly it may
:
,
at
ivTt
/
^vOeiai
iv
• - , 6
'. ,, -
, rfv
, ,
m'
8
[^^
?
6
.
7J
, ,, 4 8 6
^ .
' **
F irst cylinder in whole c ylinder
First cylinder in inscribed figure
_
~"'
S econd cylinder in whole cylinder
Second cylinder in inscribed figure ~Z0*
and so on.
,
176
Whole
Inscribed figure ~+
cylinder _ AA + En+
+
.
.
.
.
.
.'
ARCHIMEDES
the radii of the circl( s, which are the bases of the
aforesaid cyhnders, bears to the sum of the straight
hnes cut oif from them between AB, But the ."
sum of the aforesaid straight hnes is greater than
double of the aforesaid straight lines without ^
;
,
figure ; therefore the whole cylinder, whose axis is
is greater by far than double of the inscribed
figure. But it was double of the cone there- ;
whole cylinder
First cylinder in _
Second cylinder in whole cyhnder" ""Eli'
_
and so on, and thus the other condition of the theorem is
satisfied.
* For , , ZO ,
metical progression,
...
and
is a series diminishing in arith-
... is a series, equal in
number, in which each term is equal to the greatest in the
arithmetical progression. Therefore, by the Lemma to
Prop. 1,
+ + . . .>2(+0+ . . .)•
177
7€
GREEK MATHEMATICS
^€
? €
KvXtvhpos iv 6
,,
KvXivhpov iv
6 BevTcpos
KvXivSpos iv 6
7€€€ , SevTcpov iv
€' ?,
, €€
exec
Be e^et
•
7T0TL BE, /cat
€
-€
iv
ivv
,€€4
iv
,
*?? e'^et
)
, evOeidv
, - ,
,, iv
, ,
iv
at eu^etat eu^etat
€VTt
' eu^eiav -
* As before,
Fi rst cylinder in whole cylinder
First cylinder in circumscribed figure ~
Second cylinder in w hole cylinder _ A_
Second cylinder in circumscribed figure" ~3*
and so on.
178
ARCHIMEDES
cylinder of those in the whole cylinder, having for
its axis, bears to the first cylinder of those in the
ratio ^^
circumscribed figure, having the same axis
: the second cylinder in the whole
;
the ,
cylinder, having EZ for its axis, bears to the second
and each
;
: ;
straight line ,
the cylinders in the whole cylinder, whose axis is the
bears to the sum of the cylinders in
the circumscribed figure the same ratio as the sum
of the one set of straight lines bears to the sum of the
other set of straight lines." But the sum of the radii
of the circles which are the bases of the cylinders is
less than double of the sum of the straight lines cut
off from them together with ; it is therefore clear
''
And
First cylinder in whole cylinder _ _ ^^
Second cylinder inwhole cylinder ~ ~E1I*
i
and so on.
Therefore the conditions of Prop. 1 are satisfied and
Whole cylinder _
~~
+ + . . .
Circumscribed figure A+ + .*
* Asbefore, , and
metical progression,
...
,
a series diminishing in arith-
is
... is a series, equal in
. .
+ +
Therefore, by the Lemma to Prop.
. . . <2( + +
1,
. . .)•
179
• ? GREEK MATHEMATICS
SrjXov , or . oi
?,€ -
ev
' 8€ eV
6
ivri
,
. ^, ?'-,
TTcpl
*
8, rj
Se
eoriv
. 8,
)//. .
" Archimedes' proof may be shown to be equivalent to an
integration, as Heath has done (^The Works of Archimedes,
cxlvii-cxlviii).
For, if be the number of cylinders in the whole cylinder,
and AA =nh, Archimedes has shown that
Whole cylinder n^h
Inscribed figure ~ h + 2h + 3h+ . . . (n - 1 )
>2, [Lemma to Prop. 1
and
Whole cylinder n%
Circumscribed figure «+2A + 3A+ . . . +nh
<2. [ibid.
xdx.
(i.) Definitions
?^
Archim. Lin. Spir., Deff., Archim. ed. Heiberg B.
44. 17^6. 21
cvOela
,
. iv
€€€€
€,
..,
oOev Trepiayo/Mcv^
€,
)
\
'.
,,,.,- ? *
-
,
.
8\
' .
at
^, -
€ .
, , ,
? §.
,.
'.
,
,, 1
•^ ?
,
6
182
ARCHIMEDES
(i.) Definitions
,
\ " re
iariv
€
GREEK MATHEMATICS
€0' 7€ 4,
6
^,evdeia,
.
evdeia Sevrepos , ^
€€ ^
, , €4
,
El €
^. -
6
(ii.)
^
Fundatnental Property
lAi/ca
?
ev
^/^,
ii. 50. 9-52. 15
^"€€ €?^
€€€
€€,^
/|•
.
*
€7
^^^
, , ? ?
6
'
, ,
184*
, .
. ',,
,
ARCHIMEDES
the direction of the revolution be called JOrrvard, and
let those on the other side be called rearrvard.
7. Let the circle described with the origin as centre
AE AA = arc
:
• i.e., Avith radius equal to the sum of the radii of the first
and second circles.
185
TO € €
GREEK MATHEMATICS
, ,, , ? ?
,
,[
'., ),-
]}
?
^
186
Jbid., Prop. 7,
(iii.) Fergtng
?
ii. 22. 14-24. 7
ARCHIMEDES
moves uniformly round the circumference of
the circle while the point A, which moves along the
straight Hne, traverses the line ; the point
which moves round the circumference of the circle
traverses the arc while A traverses the straight
Une A ; and furthermore the point A traverses the
line in the same time as
AE AA = arc UKZ
traverses the arc
each moving uniformly ; it is clear, therefore, that
arc [Prop.
,
: :
2].
Similarly it may be shown that if one of the straight
lines be drawn to the extremity of the spiral the
same conclusion follows."
(iii.) A Verging *
=
: :
? 7€€^
€€€
€,
,
t&s
.,,
et 6
? €€ iv
*
•. , , ,,€
IN
—
.
^
—
?.
,
"
, ,
IN,
TroTt
> .=
pendicular to so as to meet the diameter in A. Archimedes
asserts that possible to draw KE to meet the circle in I
it is
and produced in so that EI : : H, an assigned
KI : IN=EI :
f The type of
[Eucl. vi. 4] ; and
problem
=.
is similar to triangle KIN, and therefore
EI :
=
=Z
since it is less than
:,
: H.»
the construction is to be accomplished, though he was pre-
.
sumably familiar with a solution.
In the figure of the text, let be the foot of the perpen-
189
GREEK MATHEMATICS
(.) Property of the Subtangent
?
Ibid., Prop. 20, Archim. ed. Heiberg
? ^) ^
ii. 72. 4r-74. 26
€€5
? ?
,
Et
€€, €€
€,
?^
/ca eXiKos
evdela
eXiKos,
eXiKos evdela
]?-),
€\,? ^?
8e
?? ^? ?
ev
€ ^
evrt
^ ? ,? ?,
?
/co?
^
? '? ?
- ?
)(?
^
" , ' ,. ? ?
0? /cat '/'
dicular from
,to , and
let
?
,
'
'
be the other extremity of the
<}.
=,
diameter through B. Let the unknown length KN=a?, let
Then
i.e.,
KT=6,
.=.,
BA=2c, and let IN=A;, a given length.
191
GREEK MATHEMATICS
? €€€ ,
,€ ,
Et
,? ,
,
,
' €,
evdeZa
' /
ovros
,
,,. ,
SrjXov
?
'.
.
?
)
,
' ^
6
,
', ,
, , *
,
,
'
.
?
-
-
-
-
' Forin Prop. 16 the angle was shown to be acute.
* For touches the spiral and so can have no part
within the spiral, and therefore cannot pass through A
* For, if a perpendicular be drawn from
192
to ,
therefore it is a chord of the circle and less than the diameter.
A it bisects
ARCHIMEDES
be drawn to the origin, and with centre A and radius
letthe circle be described, and let this
A be drawn at
.
circle cut the initial line at K, and let
right angles to
.
That it will meet is clear "
it is required to prove that the straight line ZA is
is less
:
: AA <arc
than the arc
=
:
,
arc ,
and AA is greater
than the arc ;
EP PA <arc
: arc
AE AP <arc KMP arc
:
:
: . ;
[Eucl. V. 18
"*
A
For
>^
=,
:
AZ>AA;
: (perpendicular from
being a radius of the same
A to ).
circle ; and
the proportion follows permutando.
193
.^ GREEK MATHEMATICS
•npoTepov
•?
. ^^,
ov
o7T€p
,
., e^et
€€
^ ].^,8 [
Papp. Coll. V. 19, ed. Hultsch i. 352. 7-354. 10
'
, ^,
^ , ,
^ '
^ . . . 8 . '
om. Hultsch.
Tpta 8e
€,
€
,
GREEK MATHEMATICS
^ SevTepov
-
,
OKraehpov earuv
iKKaieiKoadeBpd ioTiv
.
€€-
8,
€- e^a-
f.
^,.
,
.
,
,
^^ ,
88
.
^- ,
»*
, ^-
-
.
8,
196
ARCHIMEDES
The a figure of eight bases, being contained
first is
by four triangles and four hexagons [Pi]."
After this come three figures of fourteen bases, the
contained by eight triangles and six squares [i*2]>
first
the second by six squares and eight hexagons [P3],
and the third by eight triangles and six octagons
^, *
^
Archim. Aren. 3, Archim. ed. Heiberg ii. 236. 17-240. 1
,
€€
A
€€€€ ^
/X€V ovv Bk
€
88€,
^,
€€ .[/xev]^
-
ecrre
e?
^ ,^ €4 at
Be
is
.
€€ ,
€
Be at
eV ? €-
.
, Bk
^ €
€
om. Heiberg.
cube, Pg and P^ ; (3) from the octahedron, Pj and P, ; (4)
from the icosahedron, P^ and Pg (5) from the dodecahedron,
;
,€. act
is
€,
€ , ? ^.
€ e^eoTi 8e
€7
€'€
-
^ ,
? €
irepioSov
nepioSov
6
8€€ nepi-
, ? € €8?,
? -? .? -
6
>>?
, ?? ?
?-
?
, ?
201
GREEK MATHEMATICS
(h) Indeterminate Analysis : The Cattle
Problem
Archim. (?) Prob. Bov., Archim. ed. Heiberg
ii. 528. 1-532. 9
^* ,, *>€4,
OTTep
'AXe^avSpeia
€7-.
iv rfj
iv evpwv
€
.~
iv
)' ' ^
'HeAtoto €€,
, .
XpoiTjv
€,
Kvavico
€
» dp* iv TrehiOLs TitKeXrjs
'
€
€€ €
^
et
8e
€4€
*
XevKolo
4€'
iv Se
€€€'
, ,,
ToirjaSe
,
rjSe
.
^r^Aetaiat
*
' ' .
ert
€
€
€
•
202
? .
ARCHIMEDES
(A) Indeterminate Analysis : The Cattle
Problem
Archimedes (?), Cattle Problem^'* Archim. ed. Heiberg
ii. 528. 1-532. 9
A Problem
which Archimedes solved in epigrams, and which he
communicated to students of such matters at Alex-
andria in a letter to Eratosthenes of Cyrene.
€'
}. € /xe/aet rjBe
, €€ ,
€ ,€ ^.
€€,
.
' ,
'
',
, ^?,
. ye ^
4, ^
^
CTret
€ , '
^.
' * '
^ , , ?»
.
*
* Krumbiegel, cod.
• If
X^{h + i)Y+Z
(o)
Y={i+i)W+Z
W={i + })X + Z
....
.
....
. . . (1)
(2)
(3)
205
GREEK MATHEMATICS
(i.) Postulates
€,
€
(b)
a'.
,. 4 €
Heiberg ii. 124. 3-126. 3
a; = a + i)(r + y)
€
....
.... (4)
y=(i + 0( ""+«>)
w = {l+\){Z+z)
« = (i + 0(^ + a;)
....
....
(5)
(6)
(7)
The second part of the epigram states that
X+Y=& rectangular number . . (8)
+ TF= a triangular number . . . (9)
X = 10366482 a; = 7206360»
r=
7460514» y = 4893246»
Z=
4149387» 2 = 5439213»
W=
7358060» w=3515820n.
We have now to find a value of « such that equation (9)
is also satisfied —
equation (8) will then be simultaneously
satisfied. Equation (9) means that
206
ARCHIMEDES
(») Mechanics : Centres of Gravity
(i.) Postulates
p(p + \)
«.«. 2471 . 4637n= •
g
This is found to be satisfied by
* =3» . 4349,
and the final solution is
X= 1217263415886 « = 846192410280
Y= 876035935422 y = 574579625058
Z= 487233469701 2 = 638688708099
PF= 864005479380 w =412838131860
and the
the
total is 5916837175686.
If equation (8) is taken to be that
solution is much more arduous
+=&
Amthor
;
square number,
found that in
this case,
=1598 < 206541 >,
'. el
€771 * tl,
, .. ,
'.
*
-
' . 8,
*
. aaju-eta
..,
, S"' .
'.
-
Tj,
€
'
." ,,
,,
, ,
,
208
ARCHIMEDES
2. If weights at certain distances balance, and
something is added to one of the weights, they will
not remain in equihbrium, but will incline towards
that weight to which the addition was made.
3. Similarly, if anything be taken away from one
of the weights, they will not remain in equilibrium,
but will incline towards the weight from which
nothing was subtracted.
4. When equal and similar plane figures are ap-
plied one to the other, their centres of gravity also
coincide.
5. In unequal but similar figures, the centres of
gravity will be similarly situated. By points similarly
situated in relation to similar figures, I mean points
such that, if straight lines be drawn from them to
the equal angles, they make equal angles with the
corresponding sides.
6. If magnitudes at certain distances balance,
magnitudes equal to them will also balance at the
same distances.
7. In any figure whose perimeter is concave in the
same direction, the centre of gravity must be within
the figure.
Prop. 6
and let : :;
centres [of gravity] A, B, and let
=
be any distance,
£09
•, GREEK MATHEMATICS
,
, ,.
i^
,,
.
,
•,, ) ,
,
. /cat
,. • ?
,, ,,
,
,
. ?•
—
,,
—
.
210
TTOTt
,
?, -
ARCHIMEDES
it is required to prove that the centre of gravity of
: :, =
while : = AH : HK—
for each is double of the other
therefore A : = AH HK. :
211
GREEK MATHEMATICS
• ,,
, ?,
'icrnv
, .
•'
eoTLV,
€ - *
. 5€4€ .
'?,
€
,^^ €€
€
^€
iv
iov
0'
€,€ -
?
,
',
?
'
,
? $•
.
£
^^, ^
*
yap
'
'
? HE. '
^^
, -
,
,
0•)7<^, 0
? ,
[^ • ,,
,
*
'
*
.
'-
S12
/. ?
SrjXov
?
ARCHIMEDES
then AH : =A . : [Eucl. v., Def. 5
And KH : = A :
;
[Eucl. v. 7, coroll.
therefore, ex aequo,
KH:N = B:Z; [Eucl. v. 22
therefore is the same part of as Im is of KH. Now
A was proved to be a multiple of therefore
; is
a common measure of A, B. Therefore, if is AH
divided into segments equal to and A into seg-
ments equal to Z, the segments in AH
equal in magni-
tude to will be equal in number to the segments of
A equal to Z. It follows that, if there be placed on
each of the segments in AH
a magnitude equal to Z,
having its centre of gravity at the middle of the
segment, the sum of the magnitudes will be equal
to A, and the centre of gravity of the figure com-
pounded of them all will be for they are even in
;
* om. Heiberg.
VOL. 213
GREEK MATHEMATICS
,€ ,
€ €
Kevrpov
•
,
,
.
€ /xeye^eo?
, ei
.
€^- //.eye^ea,
",,
hk
,
' ,
,
J
.
,
,
ARCHIMEDES
And since = and
so that the centre of gravity of the
= , therefore =
magnitude com-
;
Prop. 7
* om. Eutocius.
• TO om. Eutocius.
215
GREEK MATHEMATICS
€€ . 67761 iari ,
€€€,
€7
61
,
€
, ,
ioTLV
,€ €
em .
€€
Sta ',
^',
.
^
(iii.) Centre of Gravity of a Parallelogram
8
».
ioTtv eVt
, •
?*
-
eu^eta?
,
?
em
^-
h-q,
66 ?.
', ',
yo-p,
. ? ^ ,
61 /cat
[]^
aiei
* Se cm. Heiberg.
EZ, A being
EZ,
,
placed at and at .
By the same reasoning, they
will not do so if is greater than the magnitude
necessary to balance (A + B).*•
*
(iii.) Centre of Gravity of a Parallelogram
Prop. 9
217
?•
?
GREEK MATHEMATICS
8}
?,
e/carepa
•
. ?, ? els
evv e
€ eova.
.
•
els
^^ -
-,
€5
•;^
€5, e,
/xeye^ea
'
eeva, jueaa , /cai
€i)^eia?
*
/^
CKOTepa
*
evo
,? -
eu^eiat e/c
eeos eooeiTai
? ? eevoas
,
'
.?
peos
peos
cktOs
ei5^€ia?
,
peos - edOeias
.
pes
218
aeov, * -
ARCHIMEDES
,] and let each of AE, EB be divided into parts
equal to EK, and from the points of division let
straight lines be drawn parallel to EZ ; then the
whole parallelogram will be divided into parallelo-
grams equal and similar to KZ. Therefore, if these
parallelograms equal and similar to KZ be applied to
each other, their centres of gravity will also coincide
Prop. 10
8 ,, iv
ARCHIMEDES
EZ
For
bisect
let
AB, and let bisect
centre of gravity of the parallelogram
,
be a parallelogram, and in
;
is on
it let
now the
—
EZ for this has been proved. By the same reason-
ing it lies on therefore the point
; is the centre
of gravity. And the diagonals of the parallelogram
meet at ; so that the proposition has been proved.
(J)
Mechanical Method in Geometry"
Archimedes, The Method,^ Preface, Archim. ed. Heiberg
ii. 426. 3-430. 22
^ /
. €€€
^
elvai
iv
€
^^^^
Be
€
-
€€
.^
elvai
€
.
8
. . .
,
Ibid., Prop. 1, Archim. ed. Heiberg ii. 434. 14-438. 21
"Eo'TCO
€/^ 8 ,
, ,
,.
, ".,. ^
,
,
6
, Tjj
222
ARCHIMEDES
who gives due honour to mathematical inquiries
when they arise, I have thought fit to write out for
you and explain in detail in the same book the
pecuUarity of a certain method, with which furnished
you will be able to make a beginning in the investiga-
tion by mechanics of some of the problems in mathe-
matics. I am persuaded that this method is no less
useful even for the proof of the theorems themselves.
For some things first became clear to me by
mechanics, though they had later to be proved geo-
metrically owing to the fact that investigation by this
method does not amount to actual proof ; but it is,
of course, easier to provide the proof when some
knowledge of the things sought has been acquired by
this method rather than to seek it with no prior
knowledge. ... At the outset therefore I will write
out the very first theorem that became clear to me
through mechanics, that any segment of a section of
a right-angled cone is four-thirds of the triangle having
the same base and equal height.
triangle .
I say that the segment is four-thirds of the
, From the
and
points A,
let
let AZ be drawn parallel to
be drawn to touch the section,
and
equal to
let
. be produced to K, and let
Let
be placed
be imagined to be a balance
223
GREEK MATHEMATICS
.'
avrov TO rfj
iartv ,
•,
, €, iv
, ^•
,
iarlv
817
,
.
SlOti
,
eloLV
?, ^
?
;'
\
,,?
/cat
/?
tJ
iv /]/
?,,
.? ^
/?
,
; ^ , ?
^?
icrryv
,
;
7^ 17 ; , ;
224
ARCHIMEDES
with mid-point K, and let be drawn parallel
to .
Then since is a parabola,** and touches it,
: = : 0, [Quad, parah. 5,
Eucl. V. 18
while = ,
therefore : KN = MS SO. :
cone
' The
— .
Archimedes would have said " section of a right-angled
^ rovTo . . .
interpolator's reference to
8
the theorem is Quadrature of a Parabola, Prop. 2.
'
, €
efvat
^
, 4
€
€€€€ €
iv
,
.
e/c ev
,
. , -
*7.
8
? • ' ', ,
.
-
, , ,
,, , [-
. 8
•
?•-
and : :;
in the inverse proportion of the weights
=
therefore the centre of gravity of both [TH, MS]
TH, MH,
And
:XK. But
triangle
triangle
= ;
-S segment
.
therefore
= 4 triangle
.
.
,
because
therefore
ZK = A and
segment
= ;
= ^ triangle ,
• Of. De PL•n. Equil. 1. 15.
227
€ €
GREEK MATHEMATICS
€4 -
, *TouTO
SeiKTat,
€LvaL,
Br)
efvat•
€7€
} -
-
* .,,?
Archim. Quadr. Parab., Praef., Archim. ed. Heiberg
*
262. 2-266. 4
ii.
-^
-
,,,,
,
,
,, -
*
,?
* . . . In the MS. the whole paragraph
Trporepov.
from to comes at the beginning of Prop. 2
it is more appropriate at the end of Prop. 1.
228
ARCHIMEDES
This, indeed, has not been actually demonstrated by
the arguments now used, but they have given some
indication that the conclusion is true ; seeing, there-
fore, that the theorem is not demonstrated, but
suspecting that the conclusion is true, we shall have
recourse " to the geometrical proof which I myself
discovered and have already published.''
,.
and to a given segment of a circle, and afterwards
they tried to square the area bounded by the section
I have followed Heath's rendering of which
seems more probable than Heiberg's " suo loco proponemus,"
though it is a difficult meaning to extract from
''
Presumably Quadr. Parab. 24, the second of the proofs
now to be given. The theorem has not been demonstrated,
of course, because the triangle and the segment may not be
supposed to be composed of straight lines.
* This seems to indicate that Archimedes had not at this
?
-
edOelas
,
€7€
/,
-
Ary/x-
, •-
evpi-
*
€ T/ta/na
*
,,
8r)
€€€
€
,
,. ' '-•
*
§.
,* ? ,8
* -
,. ^-
'
830
* . -
-
ARCHIMEDES
of the whole cone and a straight Hne," assuming
lemmas far from obvious, so that it was recognized by
most people that the problem had not been solved.
But I do not know that any of my predecessors has
attempted to square the area bounded by a straight
line and a section of a right-angled cone, the solution
of which problem I have now discovered ; for it is
shown that any segment hounded by a straight line and
a section of a right-angled cone is four-thirds of the
triangle which has the same base and height equal to the
segment, and for the proof this lemma is assumed :
231
GREEK MATHEMATICS
^ €€,
€
^. ,
€
4, <hs
is ..hk -
"
Ibid.t Prop. U, Archim. ed.
.
Heiberg ii. 284. 24-290. 17
hrj
ARCHIMEDES
as they were investigated by means of mechanics,
233
,
rav
., ^.-
GREEK MATHEMATICS
€
,
[eoTivf
,
,
€€
,
,,
Be
, •
• ,
-
,,
,,
Be
,,
Be
,,
,' ,• ' ,
-
/ ,-
8e
, ,
, ,
, , •,€
,
. -, ,
. €€
, ,
* eWtj' om. Heiberg.
234
ARCHIMEDES
section of the cone let straight lines be drawn to
and produced. Then I say that the triangle
,
less than three times the trapezia KE, MH, NT
is
,
and the triangle
the trapezia ,, but greater than three times
and the triangle
For let the straight Une be drawn, and let
.
AB be cut off equal to and let , be imagined
to be a balance ; its middle point will be ; let it
be suspended from B, and let the triangle be
suspended from the balance at B, and from the ,
other part of the balance let the areas P, X, ,, ^ ,
be suspended at A, and let the area balance the
trapezium X balance the
trapezium
and letA
, let
in this position, let
BE = : :
; [Prop. 5
therefore BA BE = trapezium
: : trapezium KE."
Similarly
:=:,
it may be proved that
AB:BH = TH:MH,
AB:BI =YI:NI.
Therefore, since is a trapezium with right angles
,. €
BE,
€,
S4
, , 8
, , ,
,
-
,
*, ,
BE,
. , 88
,, , ,
, 8]
, , , ,
,•^ 8 ,'^ , , ,
,,,
,
Se,
,,
^,
hk
, ,
236
ARCHIMEDES
at the points B, and with sides converging
on ,
and it balances the area suspended from the
balance at A, if the trapezium be in its present posi-
tion, while
therefore
:=:, KE>P;
for thishas been proved [Prop. 10]. Again, since
is a trapezium with right angles at the points Z,
and with converging on ,
and it balances the
trapezium be in
:
area X suspended from the balance at A, if the
: :,
its
:,
present position, while
=
=
++++. is greater
++++^= ;
than the area s
But
[Prop. 6
237
GREEK MATHEMATICS
^€€, , , , €
ianv
.
Ibid., Prop. 24, Archim. ed. Heiberg 312. 2-314. 27
£€€ ^?
ii.
TjuajU.a
€" /,«^^.
,-, , ,-
/,^ , ^ € ,, ,
//.
/,
BE
Et yap
238
/u,i7
€, €€
-
?
ARCHIMEDES
sum greater
+ + +X
clear that the of the aforesaid areas is
it is
but is less
>
therefore manifest that
3( + + +),«
than thrice the aforementioned areas.*
.
be a triangle having the same base as the segment
of the triangle
is equal to the segment
.
and equal height, and let the area
It is
be four-thirds
required to prove that it
,,
than the area K. Now I have inscribed the triangles
as aforesaid," and I have inscribed in the
remaining segments other triangles having the same
• = 3(+ + + + )>3(^+ + + ).
* In Prop. 15 Archimedes shows that the same theorem
holds good even if is not at right angles to the axis. It
^/ , --
' ,
,^
8r)
• , T/Liaju,a
, ?,
,
,,
,,.
" ,5 , ,
T/xajLta
, ,
,
,
+()+()»+...)'-^=-)'-*
_-()-
240
ARCHIMEDES
base as the segments and equal height, and so on
continually I inscribe in the resulting segments two
and so on continually,
H=iZ,
Then
= |,
let
•
,
),,. . 8•-
,
• ^ ,
,
,,,
cvtl ,,,
' ^
,
,
',
. (Jc) Hydrostatics
.
*
" The Greek
(i.)
text of the
ii.
Postulates
i,,
318. 2-8
, €-
Archim. ed. Heiberg
But
++++^K == |. 4Z;
[Prop. 23
therefore K = Z +H + +1 +^I.
Therefore since the area exceeds the areas Z, H,
, I by an excess less than I, and exceeds the segment
(k) Hydrostatics
.
(i.) Postulates
Archimedes, On Floating Bodies ' i., Archim. ed.
Heiberg ii. 318. 2-8
Let the nature of a fluid be assumed to be such
which
that, of its parts lie evenly and are continuous,
since lost, it is possible to supply the missing parts in Latin,
as is done for part of Prop. 2. From a comparison with the
Greek, where it survives, WiUiam's translation is seen to be
so literal as to be virtually equivalent to the original. In
each case Heiberg's figures are taken from William's transla-
tion, as they are almost unrecognizable in C ; for convenience
in reading the Greek, the figures are given the appropriate
Greek letters in this edition.
243
€€ €
^,
GREEK MATHEMATICS
"^
€€ iovTL, et
.^^- fj
8e
€€,€€ .€
€v TiVi /cat
iv
Ibid, i., Prop. 2," Archim. ed, Heiberg ii. 319. 7-320. 30
-
periferiam
humido quod secundum ZB locum, quae autem
secundum periferiam OP humido quod secundum
BE locum inaequaliter igitur premuntur partes
€ 4' -
;
.
humidi quae secundum periferiam
0•
XO
ei quae
€€ .
[rjY
€4 ^
€€ €
-
?
€€
V7t4k€lto 8e
^.4
.
€€ , 8€,€ ,
€
/^?
Srj
otl
hrjXov ,,«
. ^,
/cat
^ €€
* om. Heiberg,
246
ARCHIMEDES
curve will not be equal. Let there be taken,
,
therefore, any straight line which is greater than
some of the straight lines drawn from to the curve
but less than others, and with centre and
fall
;
to the curve
partly inside,
inasmuch as its radii are greater than some of the
but
less than others. Let the arc of the circle so described
be ZBH, and from let a straight line be drawn to K,
and let ZK, be drawn making equal angles
[with KB], and with centre let there be described,
in the plane and in the fluid, an arc SO ; then the
parts of the fluid along HO lie evenly and are con-
tinuous [v. supra, p. 243]. And the parts along the
arc HO are under pressure from the portion of the
fluid between it and ZB, while the parts along the arc
on are under pressure from the portion of the fluid
between it and BE therefore the parts of the fluid
;
/
^,5
-
.
,
(iii.) Solid immersed in a Fluid
, ..
Ibid, i.. Prop. 7, Archim. ed. Heiberg ii. 332. 21-336. 13
,' eh
, ,'
iv
, €
-
," 8'
6
, ,, .
•
"
, ,
Be
,. , ' iv
'
,
1 .
tl iv
, iv
.
' Or, as we should say, " lighter by the weight of fluid
displaced,"
248
ARCHIMEDES
that, when it is cut [by a plane] always passing
through the same point, the section is an arc of a
circle having for centre the point through which it is
cut by the plane [Prop. 1].
•
4 ,
^^,
^^ -
' ioTi
€
^. /xeye^eai
• €€ €
€ € et?
iv
€ , , ^, ii^
, € • /6 ,
es" ev eVet
ei?
-
^ € ^ ,
OTL
, ?
€.€€
€€ * , SrjXov iv
€ €, .
" This proposition suggests a method, alternative to that
given by Vitruvius {v. supra, pp. 36-39, especially p. 38 n. a),
whereby Archimedes may have discovered the proportions of
gold and silver in King Hiero's crown.
Let w be the weight of the crown, and let Wj and Wj be the
weights of gold and silver in it respectively, so that w =
Wi + to J.
Take a weight w of gold and weigh it in a fluid, and let
the loss of weight be Pj. Then the loss of weight when a
weight Wi of gold is weighed in the fluid, and consequently
the weight of fluid displaced, will be ^^ . P^.
250
ARCHIMEDES
Then if we combine the magnitudes A, the com- ,
bined magnitude will be equal to the weight of the
same volume of the fluid ; for the weight of the com-
bined magnitudes is equal to the weight (B +B, +)
while the weight of the fluid having the same
volume as both the magnitudes is equal to the same
weight. Therefore, if the [combined] magnitudes
are placed in the fluid, they will balance the fluid,
and wiU move neither upwards nor downwards
[Prop. 3] ; for this reason the magnitude A will move
downwards, and will be subject to the same force as
that bv which the magnitude is thrust upwards,
Finally, weigh the crown itself in the fluid, and let the loss
of wei^t, and conseqoentiy ttie wei^t of fluid diqiboed,
be P.
It follows that
w w ^=,
^,Pi+^.
, «•, P,-P
S51
GREEK MATHEMATICS
€^4,
^€, ,
To
€,
,
€] -
, ^.
el?
, €€^
€»
/ce/cAt-
€€
."
//,
,
' .
,
. T/xajLta
€€. Sciktcov,
€'-
€€,
Srj
€ €€
, 8€
•€ ,
. NO, ?
/
NO .
" Writing of the treatise On Floating Bodies, Heath
{H.G.M. 94-95) justly says : " Book ii., which investigates
ii.
252
ARCHIMEDES
)
derived.
the line drawn as far as the axis "
;
( 8
right-angled cone from which the generating parabola is
The latus rectum is " the line which is double of
rds
and so the condition laid down by Archimedes is
that the axis of the segment of the paraboloid of revolution
shall not be greater than three-quarters of the latus rectum
,
or principal parameter of the generating parabola.
253
GREEK MATHEMATICS
ovv a
,
?
NO
,NO€ €€
SeSeLKTac
•
8 . €
8
€, € ,
iv
Te/xm )
Srj
?
•
?
,
?
€€
he
^, *
€V
.
€7 8)'€ ,
8•
€
€1 -,
?)
,- ,
254,
ARCHIMEDES
with . Therefore let Ki2 be drawn parallel [to ]
and touching the section of the cone at , and from
let be drawn parallel to NO ; then bisects
,, ^ ^
ini ,
he
inl
/Lteye^eos" eoTiv.
?
irrel oSv
e^'
NO ?
emncSov, iv
,
,
7€€
.* ecmv
,.
/^eye^eo? et?
,
€
4 ?*
eortv
8
8
{
€
•
eVi-
€6
, ,?
€
,
,,
,
^
.
rf.
,, -
?
supra, p. 253 line 8
ei?
;
.
8
Ileiberg prints
. .OS.
" normal at
If the meets the axis in M, then OM is greater
than " the Hne drawn as far as the axis " except in the case
where coincides with the vertex, which case is excluded by
the conditions of this proposition. Hence OM is always
greater than OP ; and because the angle is right, the
angle must be acute.
256
ARCHIMEDES
taken away, produced from the extremity which is
the centre of gravity of the whole magnitude [De
Plan. Aequil. i. 8]. Let then be produced to ,
and be the centre of gravity of the remain-
let
ing magnitude. Then, since NO = f OP, and N0> •
2
from
makes unequal angles with Ki2, and the angle
is acute
to
* ; therefore the perpendicular
will fall between ,. Let
drawn
it fall as
then is perpendicular to the cutting plane
,
;
257
XVIII. ERATOSTHENES
>
,*€, ^,.€*,'',
XVIII. ERATOSTHENES
() General
Suidas, S.v.
Se
€'.
€€€ 8€€
?. €^,
e^
*
hia iv
rot?
€€. Jirjra'
^ *-
BeuTepov viov
p/cr'
^ 1 Meursius,
Gloss, in Psalmos, Hesych. Mil.,
Adler.
codd.
261
€ €,-
GREEK MATHEMATICS
*48,,".*
?}€,^
, .?,
€,
/cat
ereAeurr^aev
Hepi
€€ 8e
(b) On Means
^ €
.
Papp. Coll. vii. 3, ed.
. ,
*€
*€ €
Hultsch 636. 18-2S
,
, ^?,, ,
Papp. Coll. vii. 21, ed. Hultsch 660. 18-662. 18
€€, €€
')/
OTcpeov,
^
, * €€,
coni. Portus, codd.
262
ERATOSTHENES
of eighty of voluntary starvation, having lost his
sight he left a distinguished pupil, Aristophanes
;
(h) On Means
Pappus, Collection vii. 3, ed. Hultsch 636. 19-9.5
thenes On Means.^
Pappus, Collection vii. 21, ed. Hultsch 660. 18-662. 18
its
<*
extant form ; it
.
contains a mythology and description of
the constellations under forty-four heads. The general title
may be a mistake for 'AarpoOeaia; elsewhere
it is alluded to under the title
The inclusion of this work in the Treasury of Analysis,
along with such works as those of Euclid, Aristaeus and
Apollonius, shows that it was a standard treatise. It is not
otherwise mentioned, but the loci with reference to means
referred to in the passage from Pappus next cited were pre-
sumably discussed in it.
263
,
ol 8e
€€ €7€€ ',
€€ €€.
GREEK MATHEMATICS
arepeov.
clalv
. . .
[. . .
^'- ^ €7€,
€
/'
*€
'
Theon Smyr.,
iv
. ^ ,-
ed. Hiller 81. 17-82. 5
, €€'
,
8 .
^.'
'
iv
iv
iv
€,
8 io
,
is
^
.4€
The passage of which
attributed by Hultsch
lacuna before eKeivois he suggests
thisforms the concluding sentence
to an interpolator. To fill the
evrcudev,
eVetVoiy, following
265
OTt
€
GREEK MATHEMATICS
{/cat 8ercpov
€€, 8e .
•)^
^ 4&
€€ ,,€
Cleom. De motu
- €
circ. i. 10. 52, ed. Ziegler 94. 23-100. 23
-
.
',
€ ^, € , € €€.
, ^^
€€€€.
,
?-
, , , €€,-
€
'
€€
, ?
"
, .,
^ ... add. Hiller.
,€ Se
€
,.
by equal angles, if any one of these is (say) one-tenth
€€, 4€ ? ij
, €. ,€-
*€
OLK€LWV
6
^,, , €,,
.
€4 €
iv
aTToSei^et
*€€. inel
Set
6
/cat
€€
etvai
8.
•
€,,
? ,
iv
yivea^at
6
. ,
*^ ,
, . - €V
€V
268
, 8
»
*
ERATOSTHENES
of its proper circle, all the remaining arcs will be
tenth parts of their proper circles.
Anyone who has mastered these facts will have
no difficulty understanding the method of
in
Eratosthenes, which is as follows, Syene and Alex-
andria, he asserts, are under the same meridian.
Since meridian circles are great circles in the universe,
the circles on the earth which lie under them are
necessarily great circles also. Therefore, of whatever
size this method shows the on the earth through
circle
Syene and Alexandria to be, this will be the size of
the great circle on the earth. He then asserts, as is
indeed the case, that Syene lies under the summer
tropic. Therefore, whenever the sun, being in the
Crab at the summer solstice, is exactly in the middle
of the heavens, the pointers of the sundials necessarily
throw no shadows, the sun being in the exact vertical
line above them and this is said to be true over a
;
269
., .
GREEK MATHEMATICS
eTret
,[)
iv
^
evOelav
,^ . -
€€ evdeiav
'
eV
iav
€
'AXe^avSpeia
, €i, '-
iv
eideta
€
ei?
iv
,^
ivaa
ۥ
, at
.
ii
8e
' iv
,
^?€€*
-
. . .8,/ ' il
i
i
€ €€
*€8€
270
.-
iv
ye
eZ^i^at
iv
ERATOSTHENES
willmeet at the centre of the earth. Now since the
sundial at Syene is vertically under the sun, if we
conceive a straight line drawn from the sun to the
top of the pointer of the sundial, the line stretching
from the sun to the centre of the earth will be one
straight line. If now we conceive another straight
line drawn upwards from the extremity of the shadow
of the pointer of the sundial in Alexandria, through
the top of the pointer to the sun, this straight line
and the aforesaid straight line will be parallel, being
straight lines drawn through from different parts of
the sun to different parts of the earth. Now on these
parallel straight lines there falls the straight line
drawn from the centre of the earth to the pointer at
Alexandria, so that it makes the alternate angles
equal ;one of these is formed at the centre of the
earth by the intersection of the straight lines drawn
from the sundials to the centre of the earth ; the
other is at the intersection of the top of the pointer
in Alexandria and the straight line drawn from the
extremity of its shadow to the sun through the point
where it meets the pointer. Now this latter angle
subtends the arc carried round from the extremity of
the shadow of the pointer to its base, while th^ angle
at the centre of the earth subtends the arc stretching
from Syene to Alexandria. But the arcs are similar
since they are subtended by equal angles. Whatever
ratio, therefore, the arc in the bowl of the sundial has
to its proper circle, the arc reaching from Syene to
Alexandria has the same ratio. But the arc in the
bowl is found to be the fiftieth part of its proper
circle. Therefore the distance from Syene to Alex-
andria must necessarily be a fiftieth part of the great
271
.. • GREEK MATHEMATICS
', ,
Trevre.
€
68
et ^
'E/oaroa^eVouff
272
ERATOSTHENES
the earth. And this distance is 5000 stades.
circle of
Therefore the whole great circle is 250000 stades.
Such is the method of Eratosthenes."
,
round number (700) of stades for one degree. If PUny {N.H.
xii. 13. 53) is right in saying that Eratosthenes made 40 stades
equal to the Egyptian then, taking the
12000 Royal cubits of 0-525 metres, we get 300 such cul9its,
at
273
XIX. APOLLONIUS OF PERGA
XIX. APOLLONIUS OF PERGA
(a) The Conic Sections
€€,
? ,^
,
Eutoc.
€€
,
(i.)
Comm.
Relation to Previous Works
in Con., ApoU. Perg. ed. Heiborg
168. 5-170. 26
ev
ii.
iraCpe *Av-
€v
^, ^
' .,-•
6
*8,
8
8
8-€
"
VOL. u 277
GREEK MATHEMATICS
€."
€,
' OTrep 6
ye-
/?
,,
»?
, 7€
iv iv
iv
yiVea^ai
.' iv
eipeiv
iv
iv
iv
il
im
yojviai
-' -
iS
iv
, ipov
,8, -
?,
• iv
iSa
ipv,
ii
278
iho
* * 8
at
iv
iKoAouv.
APOLLONIUS OF PERGA
generally than is done in the works of others." * But
what Geminus says is correct defining a cone as the
:
279
GREEK MATHEMATICS
€ . iv
'?,
Apoll. Conic, i., Praef., Apoll. Perg. ed. Heiberg
i. 2. 2-4. 28
-.
•
, Et
,*
€
icrri
,
ev
€,
,
,* -
,
*,
^^?
" Menaechmus, as shown in vol. i. pp. 278-283, and more
particularly p. 283 n. a, solved the problem of the doubling
of the cube by means of the intersection of a parabola with a
hyperbola, and also by means of the intersection of two para-
bolas. This is the earliest mention of the conic sections
in Greek literature, and therefore Menaechmus (/. 360-350
B.C.) is generally credited with their discovery ; and as
Eratosthenes' epigram (vol. i. p. 296) speaks of " cutting the
cone in the triads of Menaechmus," he is given credit for
discovering the ellipse as well. He may have obtained them
all by the method suggested by Geminus, but Heath {H.O.M.
ii. 111-116) gives cogent reasons for thinking that he may
281
€
€^ ',
nap*
? €8€8€
€
€€€€.
rrpos
GREEK MATHEMATICS
els
els
etvai
iv
hiaKaOapavTes
€5
devTes
ef
airovhaiOTepov
?
,
ee
del
ev
dos ?
8opes
odev
€88€. inel
,? ^ -
8evTepov
edv
eeps
8e
eev ? evs els
? 8apos?, ?
os
.?<
tous
he
8 8-
?
? ?/?•
, ^? /'? ? .
?
? €8opos,
? vs
, ,8
,
Tods
aavoavs
s'
8ps
axes you will learn from this book." The third book
includes many remarkable theorems useful for the
syntheses of solid loci and for determining limits of
possibility most of these theorems, and the most
;
.
^? Be
,
-
-
e/c
,
.,
,
. .-
,
toIs
, 8,
(.) Definitions
,
Ibid., DefF., Apoll. Perg. ed. Heiberg i. 6. 2-8. 20
,
*>
*
,
€
,
, 8 '^?
-
-
" Only the first four books survive in Greek. Books v.-vii.
have survived in Arabic, but Book viii. is wholly lost. Halley
(Oxford, 1710) edited the first seven books, and his edition is
still the only source for Books vi. and vii. The first four
books have since been edited by Heiberg (Leipzig, 1891-1893)
and Book v, (up to Prop. 7) by L. Nix (Leipzig, 1889). The
S84
APOLLONIUS OF PERGA
The fourth book investigates how many times the
sections of cones can meet one another and the cir-
cumference of a circle ; in addition it contains other
things, none of which have been discussed by pre-
vious writers, namely, in how many points a section
of a cone or a circumference of a circle can meet
[the opposite branches of hyperbolas].
The remaining books are thrown in by way of
addition : one of them discusses fully minima and
maxima, another deals with equal and similar sections
of cones, another with theorems about the determina-
tions of Umits, and the last with determinate conic
problems. When they are all published it will be
possible for anyone who reads them to form his own
judgement. Farewell.**
(iii.) Definitions
€€6 €, .
]
^
8e
€,
. ,,KevTpov
€
.
, ^ ,,
8 , ,
-
.
'' 88 , TrAaycav»
€vi
',
8, ,
286
APOLLONIUS OF PERGA
extends to infinity when the straight line which
describes them produced to infinity
is ; I call the
fixed point the vertex, and the straight line drawn
through this point and the centre of the circle I call
the axis.
The bounded by the circle and the conical
figure
surface between the vertex and the circumference of
the circle I term a cone, and by the vertex of the cone
I mean the point which is the vertex of the surface,
and by the axis I mean the straight Une drawn from
the vertex to the centre of the circle, and by the base
I mean the circle.
Of cones, I termthose right which have their axes
at right angles to their bases,and scalene those which
have their axes not at right angles to their bases.
In any plane curve I mean by a diameter a
straight line drawn from the curve which bisects
all straight lines drawn in the curve parallel to a given
287
€€4.8€58€
GREEK MATHEMATICS
€€,
€€88,€
"
[Svof
-8
evdeias,
€. 4
8€.
8€4€,
eideiav,
,
8
(iv.)
, € 8€
Construction of the
Ibid., Props. 7-9, Apoll. Perg. ed.
Sections
Heiberg
»48, * ,
i. 22. 26-36. 5
€v
/ €€ , r
8
eideiav
,
^
^
''
om. Heiberg.
, 8
8, -
-
" This proposition defines a conic section in the most
general way with reference to any diameter. It is only much
288
APOLLONIUS OF PERGA
straight line ; and I describe each of the parallels as
drawn ordinate-nise to the diameter.
By conjugate diameters in a curve or pair of curves I
mean straight lines of which each, being a diameter,
bisects parallels to the other.
By an axis of a curve or pair of curves I mean a
straight line which, being a diameter of the curve or
pair of curves, bisects the parallels at right angles.
By conjugate axes in a curve or pair of curves I mean
straight lines which, being conjugate diameters,
bisect at right angles the parallels to each other.
Prop. 7 "
If a cone be cut by a plane through the axis, and if it be
also cut by another plane cutting the plane containing the
base of the cone in a straight line perpendicular to the base
of the axial triangle,^ or to the base produced, a section
mil be made on the surface of the cone by the cutting
plane, and straight lines drawn in it parallel to the straight
Htie perpendicular to the base of the axial triangle will
meet the common section of the cutting plane and the axial
later in the work (i. 52-58) that the principal axes are intro-
duced as diameters at right angles to their ordinates. The
proposition is an excellent example of the generality of
ApoUonius's methods.
ApoUonius followed rigorously the Euclidean form of
f)roof. In consequence his general enunciations are extremely
ong and often can be made tolerable in an English rendering
only by splitting them up ; but, though ApoUonius seems to
have taken a malicious pleasure in their length, they are
formed on a perfect logical pattern without a superfluous
word.
* Lit. " the triangle through the axis.**
289
€€
' ,
GREEK MATHEMATICS
eTTLTTeSov,
?' ?, eTepov
, '€ ,
, iav
^ 6 iv ttj eu^eta
] kolvtj /cat
" ,, alel
.
€, -
€
ttj
iav
,
, -
/cat '
, . -
eiOetav
*
*
ttj ttj
avTrj, iv iav€q.
8
il•o
290
.
APOLLONIUS OF PERGA
triangle and, if produced to the other part of the section,
will be bisected by it; if the cone be right, the straight line
in the base nill be perpendicular to the common section of
the cutting plane and the axial triangle; but if it be sea•
lene, it rvill not in general be perpendicular, but only when
the plane through the axis is perpendicular to the base of
the cone.
Let there be a cone whose vertex is the point A and
whose base is the circle ,
and let it be cut by a
be the triangle .
plane through the axis, and let the section so made
Now let it be cut by another
plane cutting the plane containing the circle in a
straight Hne which is either perpendicular to
or to produced, and let the section made on the
surface of the cone be ; then the common
<»
291
€€ GREEK MATHEMATICS
€ ,
€
^,
4€
, .
, ,,
, €€ Ettci yap
}
^
.
€-
€,
€7
€ ,
ioTLv , €7
irri
cttI
, ,
,
€ . 8 -
Tjj
€8,
he
•
iv
^
,
• ^
8
"
€i5^eias•.
,
, 8€. ' . 7
€ , ^ 6
" BF
,
APOLLONIUS OF PERGA
is ZH.
through
Let any point
let
be taken on
be drawn parallel to .,
and
I say
that
part of the section
straight line ZH.
,
intersects ZH and, if produced to the other
it will be bisected by the
,
is cut by a plane through the axis
.
common section of the cutting plane and the triangle
But the common section of those planes is ZH
therefore the straight line drawn through parallel
;
,. €
cvOeias
iv iariv.
, €%
ecrri
, .^^,€ 6 el
]
.
, , €' €
ioTt
• - .
. .•
el Se
,
, )-
,
ecrri
€-
. ' '.
ev
/cu/cAo?•
.
? '• .,
riy?
,
* , ^ , ~-
.-
"LH,
kai
294
V
,
APOLLONIUS OF PERGA
is perpendicular to the triangle [Eucl. xi.
Def, 4] ; and therefore it is perpendicular to all
the straight lines in the triangle which meet
it [Eucl. xi. Def. 3]. Therefore it is perpendicular
toZH.
Now let the cone be not right. Then, if the axial
triangle is perpendicular to the circle
similarly show that
we may
is perpendicular to ZH. Now
,
let the axial triangle be not perpendicular to the
circle
ZH.
.
For
I say that neither is
be
perpendicular to
now
,
perpendicular to
to both ZH.
;
if it is
And
possible, let it
therefore
;
perpendicular
is
it is also
, HZ, ZH .
it is perpendicular to
therefore
the plane through [Eucl. xi. 4]. But the
plane through is and therefore
; is
perpendicular to the triangle Therefore all the
planes through it are perpendicular to the triangle
[Eucl. xi. 18]. But one of the planes through
is the circle
Corollary
Prop. 8
iv Trj cVi^avet^i
Se
) €
ttjs
,
^
€6
,
Se
• ^)
TTJs
€
- -'
tjj
" , , .,
ndoTj -
, -
APOLLONIUS OF PERGA
also cut by another plane cutting the base of the cone in a
the vertex of the cone, and if the surface of the cone and
«97
€, * € €
GREEK MATHEMATICS
Be erepo» intTreSo}
4
4,
«
^ €€
.TjH
, ,
rfj
eav €
Se
€6
iv rfj
€.€-
AV
,, €.^
aneipov
€
,,,
,
CTTei
€€
,-
at
,
6
.
,
8
,, . . * ,
,, , ,,,
8
8, , , ,
, . , ,
APOLLONIUS OF PERGA
now let it be cut by another plane cutting the
circle
;
, ZH
be produced ; it is clear that the straight lines, AB,
is
, , ^,
iav tjj
' ayerai
,
,
",.
'
,,.
300
€8 6 ,, -
APOLLONIUS OF PERGA
straight line in the direction of the point an
intercept equal to any given straight line. For if we
place ZH equal to the given straight line and through
Prop. 9
the plane
, )
In the figure of this theorem, the section of the cone
would be a subcontrary section (unevavrta
by
circles.
801
,..
carat
GREEK MATHEMATICS
\4,
€,
ev rfj ,
Et
€ ,,
Svvarov,
€
, €, rfj
,
€78
,^
. €
iv
cTret ,
iariv, €.
,, €^ ev
iv
inl
.€
,
,,,
im-
8
•
€
KM
,
,
8
^
€€8
, 6
'
Try
.^
KM
€,
KM
.• ,-
.
^ ?
'
^)
8
8
,
-
' '
8,
• .. , KM.
802
,.
.
APOLLONIUS OF PERGA
the section so
I say that the curve
made on the surface be the curve
willnot be a circle.
.
For, if possible, let it be, and let the cutting plane
meet the and let the common section of the
base,
planes be ZH, and let the centre of the circle be ,
and from it let be drawn perpendicular to ZH,
and let the plane through and the axis be pro-
duced, and let the sections made on the conical sur-
face be the straight lines
points E, ,
A,
are in the plane through
Then since the
and are
. ,
also in the plane through A, B, , therefore the points
, E, are on the common section of the planes ;
therefore
let there be taken any point
through let
is
KA
a straight line [Eucl.
on the curve
be drawn parallel to ZH
,
xi. 3].
;
Now
then
and
KM is
;
803
GREEK MATHEMATICS
.•
• cotlv
• € .€.
rfj
rfj icrrlv
)
Ibid., Props. 1 1-14, Apoll. Perg. ed. Heiberg i. 36. 26-58. 7
'
* , 4 ,
,
la
,, rj
8
*
, €
, /{
") , , ,
, , ,
304
*
APOLLONIUS OF PERGA
But the angle is equal to the angle ; for
is parallel to ; and therefore the angle
is equal to the angle MEH. Therefore the section
is subcontrary [Prop. 5] ; which is contrary to hypo-
thesis. Therefore the curve is not a circle.
Prop. 11
be the triangle ,
a plane through the axis, and let the section so made
and let it be cut by another
plane cutting the base of the cone in the straight line
305
TTJ ^ ^
GREEK MATHEMATICS
,
, 8€ "Se
iv rfi
^.
rrjs
7)
, ,
€€
, €-
.
,
€,
, -
,
•
icrri
"^ ^
• ^
,
eoTi
KLA,
,
, ,
.
€€8
,
J
* MAN
TT^s xWv. ,
»/»
, ? »»< ?
?,
f "DTI
r>l
«
506
APOLLONIUS OF PERGA
perpendicular to ,
on the surface of the cone be ,,
and let the section so made
and let ZH, the
diameter of the section, be parallel to one side of
the axial triangle, and from the point
drawn perpendicular to ZH, and let
, : and let any point
let
=
be taken at random on
^
be
: .
to.
the section, and through
I say that KA2 =
let
ZA.
be drawn parallel
.
KA, MN
is parallel to the plane through
[Eucl. xi. 15], that is to the base of the cone. There-
,
fore the plane through KA, MN
is a circle, whose
diameter is MN
[Prop. 4]. And KA
is perpendicular
to MN, since is perpendicular to [Eucl. xi. 10]
therefore
And since » MABA
:
.
.
AN = KA».
AT - : ZA,
807
GREEK MATHEMATICS
€€, €
e/c re
6
, e^et ^
£€
'?
?.,, /xev ??,, ?
ij
??, /cat
ij
?, ?- .
? ? ?MAN
?.€
Tiy? e/c
/cai
.??
e/c
, . ?
•?
,
MAN
tJ
. , MAN
.
MAN
^)'
.
*.
- , , U MAN
'
,
"
is
parabola
applied
{)
{^) because the square on the ordinate
to the parameter in the form
308
while
€€
,,^
,)
GREEK MATHEMATICS
^
evdeiav
€ ?^ /
rj
rfj
8€
8€ ,
€€,
/
, €€ ' €
€€ '
€
€, €€€, €
,
€€ - *
'" ,, ,* .,-
)
, * ',
-
, ,
)U.ta
XH
310
APOLLONIUS OF PERGA
a straight line perpendicular to the base of the axial
triaiigle, and let the diameter of the section, when pro-
duced, meet one side of the axial triangle beyond the
vertex of the cone; then if any straight line be drawn
from the section of the cone parallel to the common section
of the cutting plane and the base of the cone as far as the
diameter of the section, its square will be equal to the area
applied to a certain straight line; this line is such that the
straight line subtending the external angle of the triangle,
lying in the same straight line with the diameter
of the
section, will bear to same ratio as the square on the
it the
line drawn from the vertex of the cone parallel to the dia-
meter of the section as far as the base of the triangle
bears to the rectangle bounded by the segments of the base
made by the li?ie so drawn; the breadth of the applied
figure will be the intercept made by the ordinate on the
diameter in the direction of the vertex of the section ; and
the applied figure will exceed by a figure similar and
similarly sittiated to the rectaiigle bou7ided by the straight
line subtending the external a?igle of the triangle and
the parameter of the ordinates; and let such a section be
called a hyperbola.
Let there be a cone whose vertex is the point A
and whose base is the circle ,
and let it be cut by
be the triangle ,
a plane through the axis, and let the section so made
and let it be cut by another
,
plane cutting the base of the cone in the straight line
perpendicular to the base of the triangle ,
be the curve ,
and let the section so made on the surface of the cone
,
and let ZH, the diameter of the
triangle ,
section, when produced, meet one side of the
beyond the vertex of the cone at
and through A let AK be drawn parallel to ZH, the
,
311
GREEK MATHEMATICS
T^
,
ZH
/cat ^
AK, €4-
, 7€7,
,
^€ /cat
,,
,
€ ,
^
27
, ? € ,.
,
,
,. € ,
4,
^
•"^
312
ecTTi
ya/)
Se
^
^ -
APOLLONIUS OF PERGA
diameter of the section, and let it cut , and from
contained by , ZA.
313
GREEK MATHEMATICS
apa
iav
,
€'', 85}€
, .
€ MN,
, 4 ,
enmehov,
€' in*•
., , ioTL /cat inei
, , Se
7^ ,' KB, 6
? ,?
, ,
KB.
, /? ? . ^?? ^ KB,
. ?
•, ,,
.'
.,
,
/coti/oiJ
..
•. 8
314
APOLLONIUS OF PERGA
MN, is parallel to the plane through
[Eucl. xi. 15], that is to the base of the cone. If,
,
then, the plane through MN, be produced, the
And
And
MN
since
is
AK2 BK
.
section will be a circle with diameter
perpendicular to
.
it
=
=
;
2.
[Prop. 4].
ZA,
therefore
)(
: :
while AK2 BK
: . = (AK : : KB),
therefore
€ ,,•. €
GREEK MATHEMATICS
,
, ^'
MN
Be
€7 TT7V
, 8
*
.
* */
,
,
,, , *
?^,
*
,
,,
,
8 *
*
,-
•,
£
816
€ * .,
APOLLONIUS OF PERGA
is applied to ,
Therefore the square on is equal to EZ, which
having ZN for its breadth, and
by
let
,.
exceeding by similar to the rectangle contained
Let such a section be called a hyperholuy
be called the parameter to the ordinates to ZH ;
and let this line be also called the erect side (latus
rectum), and the transverse side.'*
Prop. 13
Let a cone be cut by a plane through the axis, and let it be
cut by another plane meeting each side of the axial triangle,
being neither parallel to the base nor subcontrary, and let
the plane containing the base of the cone meet the cutting
plane in a straight line perpendicular either to the base
of the axial triangle or to the base produced; then if a
straight line be dranmfrom any point of the section of the
cone parallel to the common section of the planes as far
as the diameter of the section, its square will be equal to
an area applied to a certain straight line; this line is such
that the diameter of the section will bear to it the same
ratio as the square on the line drawn from the vertex of the
cone parallel to the diameter of the section as far as
the base of the triangle bears to the rectangle contained
by the intercepts made by it on the sides of the triangle;
the breadth of the applied figure will be the intercept made
by it on the diameter in the direction of the vertex of the
section ; and the applied figure will be deficietit by a
ngure similar and similarly situated to the rectangle
bounded by the diameter and the parameter ; and let suck
a section be called an ellipse.
Let there be a cone, whose vertex is the point A
" The erect and transverse side, that is to say, of the figure
(eKos) applied to the diameter. In the case of the parabola,
the transverse side is infinite.
817
,
, €€€€
,
GREEK MATHEMATICS
€ ^-
,^€ ",^ € -
8e
iripco
7TTOVTI nXevpa
€
^
]
ev
Se
,8€ , ev
€ . , € 8€-
7j ij
,
, TTJ
,
,,
,
€ .
,, /
',^
818
,
,
,
^
AM
€ tjj
APOLLONIUS OF PERGA
and whose base is the circle , and let it be cut by
contained by ,.
For let be joined, and through let MSN be
319
GREEK MATHEMATICS
,,,
rrj EM
^
,
AM
€,
,77
TjH
tovtcotl
AM,
,
^,
,
MP.
iariv, eari
,
inel
AM,
/cat
iav
• . ioTi
,,
eV
AM.
, 6
,
KB,
? ,, ?
KB, ??',,
, "
?? ? MP,
, ?
ti)v
MP.
, .,
'
,
MP,
?
. ?
, , ^?
.
, 8 ..
?
5
820
.
AM*
AM
APOLLONIUS OF PERGA
drawn parallel to ,
and through
be drawn parallel to EM, and through
H, let HO , ,
be drawn parallel to
to , ,
and
.
Then since
let
is parallel
And
and
AM is perpendicular to it
since AK^ BK
AK2 BK
.
the section will be a circle with diameter
:
=
=
.
[Prop. 4].
= (AK KB)(AK ),
.
;
2.
therefore
: ,
: :
while
and
therefore
::
:,
:,
AK:KB = EH:HB
=
=
=
= (EM
[Eucl. vi. 4
[ibid.
MP). )(
)(
: : :
But
EM .
: . MP =
=
=
:.
.:.,
:
[ibid.
Therefore
Therefore
But
as was proved
and therefore
.
;
ME :
. IIM
.
SM ME = AMa.
.
. MP =
=
ME HM ME.
2,
.
MP = SM ME. [Eucl. v.
.
: .
321
GREEK MATHEMATICS
€ ., MO,
etSei ON
,
^
,
eAAet(/n?,
€
TrAayia
'
.€4,
he
Se
'
'
? , ,,'-'
?
" ,,. ,
'?
iv
^ ,
, , . ,
' Let
. be the parameter of a conic section and d the corre-
sponding diameter, and let the diameter of the section and the
tangent at its extremity be taken as axes of co-ordinates (in
general oblique). Then Props. 11-13 are equivalent to the
Cartesian equations.
S2S
APOLLONIUS OF PERGA
is equal to MO, which
is applied to ,
Therefore the square on
having EM for its breadth, and being
deficient by the figure ON similar to the rectangle
let
. .
Let such a section be called an eclipse,
be called the parameter to the ordinates to ,
and let this line be called the erect side (Jatus rectum)^
and the transverse side.'*
Prop. 14
, ,.
not through the vertex, and let the sections so made
on the surface be I say that each of the
sections is the so-called hyperbola.
y*:{a*±x^=a*:b*.
This form is, however, equivalent to the Cartesian equations
r^erred to axes through the centre.
S23
^ 6 ,^ ,
GREEK MATHEMATICS
evOeia, 6
)
iv
*
Tjj ^^ ?< ,
,
", ,• -
,,
8
,,
324
, iv
,
,
•, *
APOLLONIUS OF PERGA
For let be the circle round which revolves the
HHOK common
it
,
tions
,
a plane
HK and they
; the
and of the
will
sections of the sec-
; 16].
SS5
,., ,
ecrrai 817
GREEK MATHEMATICS
€ ^ HK, eVet
,«
,
irrciS'q
8 ,, '
,,,
,
, •
.
*
rj
,,, ,
,,*•^
,
,
,
, ,
, ,,
, 8 .
,
€76
AT
, ,,
, / ,
* ,-
" ,,
, 8
, , ,
326
8
,
APOLLONIUS OF PERGA
now HO be perpendicular to HK, since
will
perpendicular to
10].
, is
, ,
;
in the
A let
plane through the axis. Now let
drawn from , perpendicular to
be drawn parallel to
2:. :, =
, be
and through
and let
and
2:0. = :.
Then since the cone, whose vertex is the point A and
,
whose base is the circle is cut by a plane through
: .
perpen-
=
a hyperbola, in which
is
: , there-
is
,
/Acvai, ,].
Trap' rjv
? ,, ATAT ?? ,. ' ?
^
-
^
.
Try
8 -
, Be
yap
)/? /, ? ,
6
AT ? AT ? 6
5
1
, 1 U •
AT
TO
,,
iSilU.
, •
£
AT
^ , ) . .
(vi.) Transition to New Diameter
* ,-
,-
" Apollonius is the first person known to have recognized
the opposite branches of a hyperbola as portions of the same
328
APOLLONIUS OF PERGA
transverse side of the figure [Prop. 12]. Similarly
is a hyperbola, in which
and
is
is the
.:=:,
transverse side of the figure.
I say that
and
But
=
; :.
For since
=
is parallel to HO,
Kevrpov )
GREEK MATHEMATICS
evdeia, },
,,,8
/cat
, , ). --
/Ltera^u
*
8
., , ,
, ,
,
8
, ,
,
'
, ,
" save space, the figure
,
is
, ,, '
here given for the hyperbola
only ; in the mss. there are figures for the ellipse and circle
as well.
The general enunciation is not easy to follow, but the par-
ticular enunciation will make it easier to understand. The
830
APOLLONIUS OF PERGA
through the point of contact and the centre, and let the
segment of the tangent between the point of contact and
the line drawn ordinate-wise bear to the segment of the
line drawn through the point of contact and the centre
between the point of contact and the line drawn ordinate-
wise the same ratio as a certain straight line bears to
double the tangent i then if any straight line be drawn
from the section parallel to the tangent so as to meet the
straight line drawn through the point of contact and
the centre, its square will be equal to a certain rectilineal
area applied to the postulated straight line, having for its
breadth the intercept between it and the point of contact,
in the case of the hyperbola exceeding by a figure similar
to the rectangle bounded by double the straight line between
the centre and the point of contact and the postulated
straight line, in the case of the ellipse and circle falling
shorf*
In a hyperbola, ellipse or circumference of a circle,
with diameter AB and centre ,
let be a tangent,
and let
,
be joined and produced in either direction,
=
and let be placed equal to and through
let BZH be drawn ordinate-wise, and through
ZE
let
:
be drawn perpendicular to
: 2, and let
, and let
be joined and pro-
duced, and let any point A
be taken on the section,
and through it let be drawn parallel to and
purpose of this important proposition is to show that, if any
other diameter be taken, the ordinate-property of the conic
with reference to this diameter has the same form as the
ordinate-property with reference to the original diameter.
The theorem amounts to a transformation of co-ordinates from
the original diameter and the tangent at its extremity to any
diameter and the tangent at its extremity. In succeeding
propositions, showing how to construct conies from certain
data, Apollonius introduces the axes for the first time as
special cases of diameters.
331
GREEK MATHEMATICS
, ..
."•
BH j rfj ^ Ae';yo), oTi TO
earl
eVet
ttj
} ,? "
ly
?, ?, ? ,
.
77
, , , ?, 676 ioTLV,
•^? icm
ly
•?? . ?AM ? , .
, € ,, ^?
77^0$•
MP, )
€,€ ij
,),
eVet
, "^?
•?)?
^?
icai
/
/cii/cAou
^?
332
.
APOLLONIUS OF PERGA
. parallel to BIT,
I
For through
say that 2let
and
= EM
let
. . be drawn parallel to
be drawn parallel to .
Then since
=
and = : : , [Eucl. vi. 2
therefore = .
And since ZE EH = : : 2,
and
therefore
But
ZE EH
ZE
=
:
EH =AM MP
:
=|, . :
: [Eucl. vi. 4,
.
;
therefore AM MP = : :
triangle = triangle -
triangle ANH,
i.e., triangle + triangle ANH = triangle ,*
—in
,
therefore by taking
the hyperbola the triangle
in the elUpse
triangle
away the common elements
and the
AMP = quadrilateral
circle
.,
and the quadrilateral
the triangle
€' } , AMP }
AMP
, ,.
€7 iuTLV,
.
, "? €,,
, €
,,
,
]
. ?' ? € , , , ,
,,
,
? 4-
^
4
ripov
,
,
€4 ,?
,,
,
,
AMP.
ij
•?
?)?
/cat ,
MP,
,
4 ,•
,
Be -
,.
.
ioTiv
.
, Sc ^ *
834.
APOLLONIUS OF PERGA
But is parallel to and angle AMP = angle
EMS (Eucl. i. 15] ;
therefore
GREEK MATHEMATICS
/
General
'
(i.)
ۥ ^
Papp.
.,
7€€
Coll. vii. 3, ed. Hultsch 636. 18-23
Aoyou ,
, 8,
^
Svo,
,
,
,
,
' ^•€^
(.) On
Ibid.
ioTiv
vii.
the Cutting-off of
5-6, ed.
a Ratio
evdeiav
diaei 8€ €€ *
SoOevTi. Be
-
.?
^?
(i.) General
. . .
€
Se
hemepov
,
? ,
Be
€€
€
8,
,-' *
4
,
, ev
-
. ,
Brio
jSt^Aia ,
,
" The Arabic text shows that Apollonius first discussed tl\e
cases in which the lines are parallel, then the cases in which
the lines intersect but one of the given points is at the point
of intersection ; in the second book he proceeds to the general
case, but shows that it can be reduced to the case where one
838
APOLLONIUS OF PERGA
Ratio contains seven loci, twenty-four cases and five
determinations of the limits of possibility, of which
three are maxima and two are minima. . . The .
S3d
GREEK MATHEMATICS
,
€ €€ ^^
€
€7'
€€€
SodelaL
evOeiav ivl
"evdeicjov
,€ 8 .-
.
,
. . €€
€^'
8e
6€€
, e,
* Ibid.
Be
Be
vii. 11,
ev
^,
ed. Hultsch 644. 23-646. 19
,•.
ecrriv jSt^Aia
etv-at
, ,.
" As the Greeks never grasped the conception of one point
'
points A,B,C, D
ona straight line, of which A may coincide
with C and xoith D, to find another point on the same
straight line such that CP : BP DP has a given value.
AP
If AP CP . = .
(v.) On Tangencies
.
€v9eiai
/, "
eu^ecai
, ,
ei5^eta6
*
'
,
,• -
, -
, '
,
/?
' Eucl.
* The
. 5 and
last
4.
,
problem, to describe a circle touching three
S42
APOLLONIUS OF PERGA
this problem, according to the number of Hke or
unUke entities in the hypotheses, there are bound to
be, when the problem is subdivided, ten enunciations.
For the number of different ways in which three
entities can be taken out of the three unlike sets is
ten. For the given entities must be (1) three points
or (2) three straight lines or (3) two points and a
straight line or (4) two straight lines and a point or
(5) two points and a circle or (6) two circles and a
point or (7) two straight Unes and a circle or (8) two
circles and a straight line or (9) a point and a straight
line and a circle or (10) three circles. Of these, the
first two cases are proved in the fourth book of the
first Elements,'^ for which reason they will not be
described for to describe a circle through three
;
Oi
Ibid. vii.
€
,^
23, ed. liultsch 662. 19-664. 7
-
ol € ,,. - el
,
8 ' *
'
88-
88 ^? -
88, 88,
.., ,
,
/,?
(.) On
,
Vergings
.
[ • . . ]
* is attributed by Hultsch to dittography.
(vii.) On Vergings *
Ibid. vii. 27-28, ed. Hultsch 670. 4^672. 3
the book and eight from the second book. These have
first
enabled reconstructions of the work to be made by Fermat,
van Schooten and Robert Simson.
Examples of vergings have already been encountered
*•
,
, ,
.
, ^ 8
,8-
deaei
*
8
hk
•
88
hk
' 8 8
^etvai
*
Kat
8 /^?
8.
reup^et 88
€74 ,
,
?.
346
APOLLONIUS OF PERGA
problem is : Two straight lines being given in position,
to place between them a straight line of given length
so as to verge to a given point. When it is subdivided
the subordinate problems are, according to differ-
ences in the suppositions, sometimes plane, some-
times solid, sometimes linear. Among the plane
problems, a selection was made of those more gener-
ally useful, and these problems have been proved
Given a semicircle and a straight line perpendicular to
the base, or two semicircles with their bases in a straight
line, to place a straight line oj" given length between the two
lines and verging to an angle of the semicircle [or of one
of the semicircles] ;
347
GREEK MATHEMATICS
^ ,.
*0
Kaehpov
Hypsicl. [Eucl. Elem. xiv.], Eucl. ed. Heiberg
? V. 6. 19-8. 5
els
-
7€€ 6 €48 re
88 , ,
ev im-
8
8 ,
*
-
88
elvai
- 888 .
^
, '
(.) Pnnciples of Mathematics
88 / 8--
vi. 234. 13-17
(.) On
ol
the Cochlias
,
€
Procl. in Eucl. i.,
4,
ed. Friedlein 105. 1-6
^^
,, , -^
*?,
.,
(xi.)
Schol. i.
On Unordered
Procl. in Eucl.
in Eucl.
i.,
Irrationals
6 *
,
V. 414. 10-16
/^]8€.
8
Ttves"
351
6 ^ .€ , GREEK MATHEMATICS
^
Eutoc. Comm. in Archim. Dim. Circ, Archira.
ed. Heiberg iii. 258. 16-22
^^ .',
^1€ he, oTi
8,
*
'
6
-
ev
8.
(.) Continued Multiplications
8 .
8,
Papp. Coll. 17-21, ed. Hnltsch 18. 23-24. 20»
]
' '
^ The extensive interpolations are omitted.
,
/cat
,, ,
SeveaOaL etrrev ev
*4
apxfj
/cAetre
). iwia
{
^
•7£
.
€€€
4?
,
€8, ic
,
? ,
'
dioeedeeedd,
?.
8
88
Bdd^€d, d-y S" d
?, ,
• Apollonius, it is clear from Pappus, had a system of
tetrads for calculations involving big numbers, the unit being
,?
the myriad or fourth power of 10. The tetrads are called
?, 8€5
myriads, double myriads, triple myriads and so on, by which
are meant 10000, 10000,• 10000» and so on. In the text of
354,
APOLLONIUS OF PERGA
,
letter and so on in order until the end of the verse
which Apollonius gave in the beginning, that is
(vvea
//(=
Since there are thirty-eight letters in the verse, of
namely ..^
which ten, namely 100, 300, 200
300, 100, 300, 200, 600, 400, 100), represent numbers
less than lOOOand divisible by 100, and seventeen,
( = 40, 10, 70, 20,
30, 10, 20, 70, 60, 70, 70, 50, 50, 50, 20, 70, 10), repre-
sent numbers less than 100 and divisible by 10, while
the remaining eleven, namely, aiSicaeceaa
( = 1, 5, 4, 5, 5, 1, 5, 5, 5, 1, 1), represent numbers less
than 10, then if for those ten numbers we substitute
an equal number of hundreds, and if for the seven-
teen numbers we similarly substitute seventeen tens,
it is clear from the above arithmetical theorem,
the twelfth, that the ten hundreds together with
the seventeen tens make 10 10000®.•*.
4, 1, 7, 2, 3, 1, 2, 7, 6, 7, 7, 5, 5, 5, 2, 7, 1,
//
OTcpeov '
heKaSos elaiv
,.
/^, €
ta, -
?
^"
74 ? ?
«
?
8rj
^,
',
eVi
'? ,.
^^, ^^,
'? ,
4 ^,
?
Fragmentum mathematicum Bobiense
Ot /
113. 28-33, ed.
Belger, Fermei, xvi., 1881, 279-280
o5v
^
€
.€ , 8€€
7€
... ( )«/?
1^
356
APOLLONIUS OF PERGA
while there are eleven less than ten, that is the
numbers
1, 5, 4, 5, 5, 1, 5, 5, 5, I, 1,
if we
multiply together the solid number formed by
these eleven with the solid number formed by the
twenty-seven the result will be the solid number
19 . 10000* +6036 . 100003 +8480 . 10000^.
When
these numbers are multiplied into the solid
number formed by the hundreds and the tens, that is
with 10 10000^ as calculated above, the result is
.
S57
XX. LATER DEVELOPMENTS IN
GEOMETRY
XX. LATER DEVELOPMENTS IN
GEOMETRY
(a) Classification of Curves
^ €€ ^ 4^
Procl. in Eucl. i., ed. Friedlein 111. 1-112. 11
€
^ els
€€ , €€,
' 6
—
—
€76
,? ?.
,
,'
4
,,
€8,
€7'
et? €
cvSeiav,
^,
^,
,
' '
? ,
,, elvai
* 45 *
Tittel, ^5 Friedlein.
codd., correxi.
€
??
^
?,
Aeyet•
? ^
vevorjadaL
"
5/)'—
?
€€.
?"•
€€
eVi-
Mevai-
.?^
-, ^
im
* evcKev
€,
at €7€ ^?,
elalv
€4 ,
. ,
ioTiv , ioiKvia
i^
,
evpvvcTai *
,,
Kat
eXiKwSeis
*
Ibid., ed. Friedlein 356. 8-12
For Perseus, v. p.
i.
361
*
Knoche, evpwv ras anetpiKas
' V. vol. pp. 296-297.
n. and p.
€
365
6 Nt/co-
codd.
n. 6.
362
LATER DEVELOPMENTS IN GEOMETRY
lines conceived as formed hy sections of the solids and
lines formed round the solids. The helix round the
sphere or cone is an example of the lines formed
round solids, and the conic sections or the spiric
€
Uepaevs crri
844^,
^
*0
Ibid., ed. Friedlem 119. 8-17
€ €,
cttl-
€ €-
, ,,
yiVerat, irrl
€6 €.
8.
, ,
el
.
" Obviously the work of Perseus was on a substantial
scale to be associated with these names, but nothing is known
of him beyond these two references. He presumably
flourished after Euclid (since the conic sections were probably
well developed before the spiric sections were tackled) and
before Geminus (since Proclus relies on Geminus for his
knowledge of the spiric curves). He may therefore be
placed between 300 and 75 b.c.
Nicomedes appears to have flourished between Eratosthenes
and Apollonius. He is known only as the inventor of the
conchoid, which has already been fully described (vol. i,
pp. 298-309).
It is convenient to recall here that about a century later
flourished Diodes, whose discovery of the cissoid has already
been sufiiciently noted (vol. i. pp. 270-279). He has also
been referred to as the author of a brilliant solution of the
problem of dividing a cone in a given ratio, which is equi-
valent to the solution of a cubic equation {supra, p. 162 n. a).
The Dionysodorus who solved the same proolem (ibid.) may
have been the Dionysodorus of Caunus mentioned in the
Herculaneum Roll, No. 1044 (so W. Schmidt in Bibliotheca
mathematica, iv. pp. 821-325), a younger contemporary of
Apollonius; he is presumably the same person as the
364
LATER DEVELOPMENTS IN GEOMETRY
conchoid and Hippias for the quadratices and Perseus
for the spiric curves.*»
€ .^
], €€
Prod, in EvcJ.
i.,
ovo
General
evUeias evUeia / 9
€
ivTos
€, ^
/cat irrl
iXarrovas €'
€€." e<^' at 8
-
€€€,€, ,
StaAuoai
8€€
iv
^^?
€ 6 ^?
a^tcoaetav,
,. t
ev Ttvt
ct?
€
described by Proclus are (1), (3) and (4). When the spire is
continuous or closed, c = a and there are only three sections
corresponding to (1), (2) and (3) ; (4) and (5) reduce to two
equal circles touching one another. But the interlaced spire,
in which c<a, gives three new types of section, and in these
Tannery sees his " three curves in addition to five sections."
There are difficulties in the way of accepting this interpreta-
tion, but no better has been proposed.
Further passages on the spire by Heron, including a
formula for its volume, are given infra, pp. 476-483.
" Eucl. i. Post. 5, for which v. vol. i. pp. 442-443, especially
n. c.
Aristotle {Anal. Prior, ii. 16, 65 a 4) alludes to a petitio
principii current in his day among those who " think they
establish the theory of parallels
"
As Heath notes {The Thirteen Books of Euclid' a Elements,
,.
S66
LATER DEVELOPMENTS IN GEOMETRY
(b) Attempts to Prove the Parallel Postulate
(i.) General
867
GREEK MATHEMATICS
evOeiajv €€ ,
.
6
^?
, , 6
8
,'
^,
"
,
,-
."
,; .,
. ,
8,
ctt'
*
8e
eV
^, , '
8 - *
^;,
8
''
" For GernJnus,
8
v. infra, p.
,
370 ..
-
S68
LATER DEVELOPMENTS IN GEOMETRY
immediate reason for believing that the straight hnes
converge and meet. To such, Geminus rightly <*
€€
€
^ ,
,
GREEK MATHEMATICS
.^ € - '
^,
€) €
4.
6
4
€€ ^^
, , ,, ,,
(.) Posidonius and Geminus
Ibid., ed. Friedlein 176. 5-10
Kai
iv ivi
elalv at €
6
€
' i.e.,Eucl. i. 28.
* Posidonius was a Stoic and the teacher of Cicero ; he
was born at Apamea and taught at Rhodes, flourishing
151-135 B.C. He contributed a number of definitions to
Uepl .
elementary geometry, as we know from Proclus, but is more
famous for a geographical work On the Ocean (lost but
copiously quoted by Strabo) and for an astronomical work
In this he estimated the circumference of
the earth (v. supra, p. 267) and he also wrote a separate work
on the size of the sun.
* As with so many of the great mathematicians of antiquity,
{ ,
which is referred to by ancient writers under various names,
but that used by Eutocius
pp. 280-281) was most proloably the actual title.
V. supra,
It is un-
fortunately no longer extant, but frequent references are
made to it by Proclus, and long extracts are preserved in an
Arabic commentary by an-NairizT.
It is from this commentary that Geminus is known to have
attempted to prove the parallel-postulate by a definition of
parallels similar to that of Posidonius. The method is repro-
duced in Heath, H.O.M. ii. 228-230. It tacitly assumes
" Playfair's axiom," that through a given point only one
parallel can be drawn to a given straight line; this axiom
— which was explicitly stated by Proclus in his commentary
on Eucl. i, 30 (Procl. in Eucl. i., ed. Friedlein 374. 18-370. 3)—
is, in fact, equivalent to Euclid's Postulate 5. Saccheri noted
an even more fundamental objection, that, before Geminus's
definition of parallels can be used, it has to be proved that
the locup of points equidistant from a straight line is a straight
line ; and this cannot be done without some equivalent
Eostulate. Nevertheless, Geminus deserves to be held in
onour as the author of the first known attempt to prove the
parallel-postulate, a worthy predecessor to Lobachewsky
and Riemann.
371
GREEK MATHEMATICS
irepas
? im
(iii.)
.
Ptohmy
*' 6 '€ ^.
8€€€
Ibid., ed. Friedlein 362. 12-363. 19
€
'
elai,
8e ev
elalv at ,
€4 €,
' e/c
ivTos
TTpoeOcTO
"?
tfvai
,
?
^^ ^,,€, rj
Sclkvvs
at
€6
SciKwaiv,
hvelv
€€
372
, elaiv ,.
LATER DEVELOPMENTS IN GEOMETRY
but the perpendiculars drawn from points on one of
(iii.) Ptolemy •
? € ^ ,,
enel oSv evOela ^
, ,,
€€€, €, ,. ,,.
8e, eTret ]
at
HZ
at
HZ €€7]€ em
irri
.
.
taat elaiv, at
at
€1
€€
,
, €€,
ivTOS
at
.
,
^ ' ,
,, .
. , .
€i7rep
eiJ^eiat,
ILK,
eWuai
.
"HBrj
• There is
the text of Euclid
a
.
Common
^
Ibid., ed. Friedlein 365. 5-367. 27
that is and
meet at A, the triangle
;
proved that the two interior angles on one side of«ZH were
severally equal to the two interior angles on the other side,
= = whence, if ZA,
can be rotated about the mid-
S74
LATER DEVELOPMENTS IN GEOMETRY
secant. For, if it be possible, let BZ,
duced, meet at K. Then since the straight line HZ
,
when pro-
HZ stands on ,
to two right angles [Eucl. i. 13].
it makes the angles
Similarly, since
,
angles, and of them two, BZH,
, ,
equal to two right angles [ibid.^. Therefore the four
angles AZH, BZH, are equal to four right
are by hypo-
thesis equal to two right angles. Therefore the
remaining angles AZH, are also themselves
equal to two right angles. If then, the interior
angles being equal to two right angles, ZB, meet
at when produced, ZA, will also meet when
produced. For the angles AZH, are also equal
to two right angles. Therefore the straight lines will
either meet on both sides or on neither, since these
angles also are equal to two right angles. Let A,
meet, then, at A. Then the straight lines
enclose a space, which is impossible." There-
fore it is not possible that, if the interior angles be
,
equal to two right angles, the straight lines should
meet. Therefore they are parallel.*'
€€^^ ^,
S^iKvvvaL iv
8€€€€ ,
?*
etvac <,?
iv
^ /cat
,8
€V0€Las TOLS ivTos
€
,, ^.5 €? ?8 ;
-. at ,
,
•. ,
, ^
, ,,
S76
^ -
??
? ?,
LATER DEVELOPMENTS IN GEOMETRY
to have proved it in his book on the proposition that
.
is
• By Eucl. i. 13, for the angles AZH, BZH are together
377
GREEK MATHEMATICS
€
, ,,
,
? ,ۥ '
ai
rerpaaiv
at
€, €
ets"
€6 em
,
.
el
^^ €6 em € . TToietv
€
eiy
€
4.
elaiv
€ ,,^ at
'
eu^eta
eu^eiat
et
^^, -
€,
€€, , *
.
'
e^'
iav
€,
at eu^etat. ei Be
e0' etev
. €
€.1.
, BeBeiKTai et?
'
*
€
poBeBe
See note c on p. 377.
6
are not
so that the angles BZH,
€ove,
-
must also be greater than two right angles. This assump-
378
LATER DEVELOPMENTS IN GEOMETRY
on ZB, also makes the interior angles greater
than two right angles but these same angles are less
;
S7.Q
€8
evdeia
eij
^,
]
^'
GREEK MATHEMATICS
evTOS
iav ciV
iXdaaovas,
cvdeias
,
elalv ey^etat, SeSei/crai,
€€
, ,*
.
€' at ,
at
,,
at
.
,.
,
ew^eiat
,
8
,, ,
,
88.
,
8
rj
-
[]^
'
380
LATER DEVELOPMENTS IN GEOMETRY
the theorem in question, Ptolemy tries to make a more
on the same side less than two right angles, not only-
which the angles are less than two right angles, and
881
GREEK MATHEMATICS
.
at
€, oirep
.
.,
earat
€6
elatv eXaaaoves.
Proclus
. €6
4 ,,'
(iv.)
". . 8
CTcpav re/xvet
,,
eav
re/Ltet
382
,
, €1?
eiuiv
,.,
* €6
,
LATER DEVELOPMENTS IN GEOMETRY
than the angle BZH. Therefore the exterior angle
right angles.
(iv.) Proclu»
883
?€
. €
ovv
GREEK MATHEMATICS
re/xet TjH .
^, iav -
,
?,
^. € ? , /- Svo evdeTai at
€, €*
?),.
hvo
at
8 ,
etJ^etat
.€
, etat
.
€ ,
eVei ot;v cis
^
em
,
, * €€,
.
eu^eiat.
,€
^€^
*
.
€€,
SeSeiKTai
e^' at
codd., correxi.
at ,
,,
to K, Then since EZ falls on
interior angles
, be produced
and makes the
equal to two right angles,
the straight hnes are parallel. And AB cuts
therefore, by what was before shown, it will
;
?
(c) ISOPERIMETRIC FiGURES
, €€ €
Theon. Alex, in Ptol. Math. Syn. Comm. i. 3, ed. Rome,
Studi 354. 19-357. 22
€, ^."
e Testi, Ixxii. (1936),
' otl,
, ^
inetSr]
.
6
€
/
,^
Be rj
iv -
iv cttito/x^
«5-
, .-
.,
re
otl ., 8e
,
,
at , ,,.
,
\\,
, .,
,
ert
.
•' at
.. 7
4 , -
, ^
€
,, , ,
8
*
efvat
*
,-
AM,
,
"
* This
is
, .
,
not, in fact, joined in the ms. figures.
is proved in a lemma immediately following the
8
AM
,,
For let H, be the centres of the
scribed about the polygons ,, circles circum-
and let HB,
And from H, let HK,
,,
« be joined.
be drawn perpendicular to EZ. Then since
has more angles than is contained more
,
on which they stand [Eucl. iii. 26] and the peri-
meter of that is the perimeter of
—
bears to ,
angle ,
the same ratio as four right angles bears to the
therefore ex aequali [Eucl. v. 17]
,
i.e.,
EZ := angle
EA AM = angle
:
:
:
angle
angle ,
i.e.,
And since
as we shall
A AM = angle
:
A AM> angle
:
:
angle
angle ,
BHK.
.. . tmo -
€€
€
.
ecrrat
ecrriv Se
,
, eoTt
.
.
^
, .
^
,
ij
.
,»/ »/.
'' 8
.
«»'
? . ', ,
6
6
,
,
S90
LATER DEVELOPMENTS IN GEOMETRY
and
.•. angle : angle
angle >
:
BHK> angle
= angle
angle BHK.
:
: .
angle BHK,
,
.
therefore
HK>
is equal to [Eucl. i. 26]. Therefore
Therefore the rectangle contained by the
perimeter of and is greater than the rect-
..
;
,
, /cat
,
ro
^^^ , .
irrc'
€7€
^
, 7€€9
^
iarlv
?
)
€v riepi *
Be
€€, Tjj
-
• ,
S92
€€. . elaiv
incl
LATER DEVELOPMENTS IN GEOMETRY
polygon
and from
similar to , and let be joined,
be drawn perpendicular to EZ,
and let , let
the circle
the Sphere
,
of the polygon
and
as
is
Cylinder,'^
greater than the perimeter of
Archimedes proves in his work On
while the perimeter of the
,
circle is equal to the perimeter of the polygon
therefore the perimeter of the polygon
greater than the perimeter of the polygon . KAM is
And
the polygons are similar
the triangle
• Prop.
is
1, V.
; therefore BA>NE. And
similar to the triangle
-
• . ^ -
., *
8
8,
.
6
.
Ibid. 364. 12-14
-
Ibid. 374. 12-14
^
,
.-
(d) Division of Zodiac Circle into 360 Parts :
,
Hypsicles
38(. Anaph., ed. Manitius 5. 25-31
Therefore the
rectangle contained by the perimeter of the circle
and HB is greater than the rectangle contained
by the perimeter of the polygon and
the rectangle contained by the perimeter of the
But .
circle and HB is double of the circle as
was proved by Archimedes ,<* whose proof we shall
set out next ; and the rectangle contained by the
perimeter of the polygon and is double
of the polygon
circle
[by Eucl. i. 41]. Therefore the
is greater than the polygon
was to be proved.
which ,
Ibid. S64. 12-14
, ^-
,
. -
(e) Handbooks
(i.) Cleomedes
« €788 8
.,,
8e
78
hk, ^17 OKiq.
(e) Handbooks
(i.) Cleomedes*
the length of the longest day and the length of the shortest day
at any given place, to find how many time-degrees it takes any
^
proved.
.
given sign to rise. A number of arithmetical lemmas are
397
,.
TTokaiorepoi
Xveiv
' €7
GREEK MATHEMATICS
€€€
' erepov .,€€€. ,
.
.
.
ot
.' , €8
ovSev
€€. . . .
€ '
•,
elaiv
€€4. *
€€
,, ,
][-?. et
.
€
*
aipa
-
., 88^
. . .
. . .
€
{mo
, -
.
" i.e., the horizon would form the base of a cone whose
vertex would be at the eye of the observer. He could thus
look down on both the sun and moon as along the generators
of a cone, even though they were diametrically opposite
each other.
398
LATER DEVELOPMENTS IN GEOMETRY
falling into the shadow of the earth, but in some other
way. . . The more ancient of the mathematicians
.
899
GREEK MATHEMATICS
TTepl . ev
Ptol.
Ev
' €€
/xev
. 4
Math. Syn. x. 1, ed. Heiberg i. pars ii. 296. 14-16
€ €
-
' ev ttj ),•
,
avveivai
-
.
,--
8
8 8. paSiov
,
, -
/^?/
8
€
400
,
, -
LATER DEVELOPMENTS IN GEOMETRY
seen in the air, and especially in the neighbourhood
of Pontus.
?
in the years a.d. 127, 129, and 130. In three
places Theon of Alexandria refers to his namesake as " the
old Theon," 0eW (ed. Basil, pp. 390, 395, 396).
401
GREEK MATHEMATICS
. re elvai € ,
• By way of example, Theon proceeds to relate Plato's
reply to the craftsmen about the doubling of the cube {v.
4M
LATER DEVELOPMENTS IN GEOMETRY
without these studies, as he says, it is not possible to
attain the best life, and in many ways he makes
clear that mathematics should not be ignored."
403
XXI. TRIGONOMETRY
XXI. TRIGONOMETRY
,€
1. HIPPARCHUS AND MENELAUS
Theon Alex, in Ptol. Math. Syn. Comm. i. 10, ed. Rome,
Studi e Testi, Ixxii. (1936), 451. 4-5
,€ ,^^^
AeSet/crat ovv
iv evdeiwv iv €tl re
MeveXdcp iv .
.
"
Heron, Metr.
evpetv
i. 22, ed. H. Schdne (Heron
/cat
iii.) 58. 13-20
nepi
kvkXos, , cVe-
407
.
€ ,
^
€€€ EA.
ioTLV
GREEK MATHEMATICS
BeSetKTai Be iv
,
SoOev
nepl
iv
€.
PTOLEMY
^
^
2.
€,,?
, ,"
€,
() General
Suidas, s.v,
*AAe^-
7765
Kawva ,.
, Xiepl
,
Meyav
, rjroi
and of
ev
this assertion also it is said
evBei&v.
£'«
&> rots
These are presumably the works of
^
Hipparchus and Menelaus, though this opinion is contro-
verted by A. Rome, " Premiers essais de trigonomotrie
rectiligne chez les Grecs " in UAntiquitd classique, t. 2 (1933),
pp. 177-192. The assertions are equivalent to saying that
sin 20° is approximately 0-333... and sin 16° 21' 49" is
approximately 0•28.
* Nothing else is certainly known of the life of Ptolemy
2. PTOLEMY
(a) General
Suidas, s.v. Ptolemaeus
,?
Simplicius contained in it. The lesser astro-
nomical works of Ptolemy published in the second volume
^
of Heiberg's edition of Ptolemy include, in Greek,
< which can be
and
«?
identified with
two titles in Suidas s notice. In the same
Planisphaerium, a Latin translation from the Arabic, which
can be identified with the eVic^aveia? $
edition is the
of
Suidas ; it is an explanation of the stereographic system of
projection by which points on the heavenly sphere are repre-
sented on the equatorial plane by projection from a pole —
circles are projected into circles, as Ptolemy notes, except
great circles through the poles, which are projected into
straight lines.
Allied to this, but not mentioned by Suidas, is Ptolemy's
Analemma, which explains how points on the heavenly sphere
can be represented as points on a plane by means of ortho-
gonal projection upon three planes mutually at right angles
409
GREEK MATHEMATICS
€ ,, ,
/?€
€8 €
8,
Simpl. in De caelo iv. 4 (Aristot. 311 b
evavriav
ed. Heiberg 710. 14-19
€€,
6
6
^ApiaTOTcXei
€€
iv
iv
e/c
8 Hepl
1),
-,
.
i^^L•ivo
€* iv
Ibid.
Ibid.
i.
i.
iv
2,
1,
269 a
268 a
9, ed,
Hepl
. .
6, ed.
.
Heiberg
Heiberg
20.
9. 21-27
1
iv Ylepi
^»/, otl elal
the meridian, the horizontal and the " prime vertical." Only
fragments of the Greek and a Latin version from the Arabic
,
have survived ; they are given in Heiberg's second volume.
Among the " other works " mentioned by Suidas are pre-
sumably the Inscription in Canobus (a record of some of
Ptolemy's discoveries), which exists in Greek the 'Tnodeaets
of which the first book is extant in Greek
and the second in Arabic and the Optics and the book On
Dimension mentioned by Simplicius.
;
the Syntaxis
Collection,
€5Later
to
still
or Mathematical Collection.
In due course the lesser astronomical works came to be called
the MtK-poj
came
(tottos), the Little Astronomy, and
be called the ,
or Great
the Arabs, combining their article Al
410
TRIGONOMETRY
Simplicius, Commentary on Aristotle's De caelo iv. 4
(311 b 1), ed. Heiberg 710. 14-19
evOeias
efvai,
€ hetv
7^
€ ^?
(6)
.Table of Sines
^,
?
Ptol.
I .
.•Syn. i.
(i.) Introduction
iv
i. 31. 7-32. 9
-
?, '.
, ?
, -- '
-
/,/
8^ iv
,-
.
'
, ^?
€
412
TRIGONOMETRY
sions ; for dimensions must be determinate, and
determinate dimensions are along perpendicular
straight lines, and not possible to find more than
it is
(i.) Introduction
,
ctl €
€
. (.) sin 18° and
847)
sin 86*
" €^
84
Ibid. 32. 10-35. 16
€
€
hrj
,
,
,
,.
8 ,8€
" By
4,
TTJs €f
.(
meant more than a graphical method
,
Ptolemy
the phrase indi-
;
the use of
of lines "(
*
.
tions, as will be seen when the argument proceeds
may be in-
pendicular to
let EB
, and let be bisected at E, and
be joined, and let EZ be placed equal to it,
and let ZB be joined. I say that is the side of a
decagon, and BZ of a pentagon.*
415
"Ettci
, € €
GREEK MATHEMATICS
^^
eu^eta rj
avTTJ evdeXa ,
€? ),
/cat
BE, .
. TCT/aaycura•
".
/cat
,
,
/cat
/cat
/cat
,8 ,,
,
€
, ,
, ,
.
8
()'
,
^/
,,
Following the usual practice, I shall denote segments
of the diameter by ", sixtieth parts of a by
4.16
TRIGONOMETRY
For since the straight line is bisected at E, and
the straight line is added to
. + 2 = EZ2
= BE2,
it,
[Eucl. ii. 6
EB = ZE.
since
But 2 +2 2 = [Eucl
therefore +22 =
;
+ 2.
i. 47
When the
.
i.e., =2;
therefore is divided in extreme and mean ratio
at [Eucl. vi., Def. 3]. Therefore, since the side of
the hexagon and the side of the decagon inscribed in
the same circle when placed in one straight Une are
cut in extreme and mean ratio [Eucl, xiii. 9]> and
being a radius, is equal to the side of the hexagon
,
[Eucl, iv, 15, corolL], therefore is equal to the side
of the decagon. Similarly, since the square on the
side of the pentagon is equal to the rectangle con-
tained by the side of the hexagon and the side of
the decagon inscribed in the same circle [Eucl, xiii.
10], and in the right-angled triangle the sqQare
on BZ is equal [Eucl. i. 47] to the sum of the squares
on , which is a side of the hexagon, and which
is a side of the decagon, therefore BZ is equal to the
,
side of the pentagon.
Then since, as I said, we made the diameter " con-
sist of 120», by what has been stated ,
being half
the numeral with a single accent, and second-sixtieths by the
numeral with two accents. As the circular associations of
the system tend to be forgotten, and it is used as a general
system of enumeration, the same notation will be used for the
squares of parts.
417
GREEK MATHEMATICS
' ? ^, 17 €
',€ , //,
€
^
ve.
ve , €,
, ' 8€ As", 6
.
€,
vi,
^ , icat
ve,
€., € -€,
/,
,^
ioTiv , ,
.
, ,^, , ,
.
,
,
,, ,
9,
/,
418
^,
m , .
TRIGONOMETRY
of the radius, consists of 30*' and its square of 9001»,
,
(iii.) sin"^ + cos^ =1
Ibid. 35. 17-36. 12
? €8€A?8e e/c *
evreudev,
OTL
' ' --
, 8
As"
* ^ ,
€ ,
-
8
» Let be a chord of a circle subtending an angle at
the centre O, and let AKA' be drawn perpendicular to OB so
as to meet OB in and the circle
again in A'. Then
sina(=sinAB)=^^ = iM:.
And AA' is the chord subtended by
double of the arc AB, while Ptolemy
expresses the lengths of chords as so
many 120th parts of the diameter
therefore sin is half the chord sub-
tended by an angle 2a at the centre,
which is conveniently abbreviated by
Heath to ^(crd. 2a), or, as we may alternatively express
the relationship, sin AB is " half the chord subtended by
420
TRIGONOMETRY
consisting of 120»), and the chord subtending 120° is
,,
-
em
"
^
,
€
(iv.) " Ptolemy's Theorem
at
**
",
Tbid. 36. 13-37. 18
€-
. ,
€€€€
,.
, €
OTt
ecrri - at
^
ABE. iav ,
• ., crd. 144°(=2 sin 72") = 114» 7' 87'. If the given
chord subtends an angle 2
at the centre, the chord sub-
tended by the remaining arc in the semicircle subtends an
angle (180-25), and the theorem asserts that
(crd. 25)» + (crd. 180 -25)=» = (diameter)•,
or Bin* cos* =1,
422
TRIGONOMETRY
13024» 55' 45" and the chord itself is approximately
114» 7' 37", and similarly for the other chords."
We shall explain in due course the manner in which
the remaining chords obtained by subdivision can be
calculated from these, setting out by way of preface
this little lemma which is exceedingly useful for the
business in hand.
AB, and ,.
is equal to the sum of the rectangles contained by
€,
, •.
*.
GREEK MATHEMATICS
^]
€ ,
rfj
•.
,' €
ABE
TTpos
ABE
,
,•
€tt€l
eortv
eortv
€,
€, •
^
•
,
€ ,, ,
,.
, '
,• ^.
(.) sin { - ) = sin cos - cos sin
^
Ibid. 37. 19-39. 3
€€€ ,
^^
'. . ^,
",
, , ^^, €
els
424
.,
7;^^ , • /'€€
' , € iv
TRIGONOMETRY
angle ABA
the angle
= the angle
[Eucl.
.
iii. 21], for
But the angle
they subtend the
=
same segment ;
[Eucl.
equi-
vi. 4
.
: :
;
. = . [Eucl. vi. 6
BA AE =
: :
; [Eucl. vi. 4
BA .= . AE. [Eucl. vi. 6
But
and.•.
it
.+.; =
=
[Eucl. ii. 1
425
GREi^K MATHEMATICS
€ ,€ ,
iarlv
^, .
,•
hoOiv ioTiv. 8ۥ,
" SoOeiaa
€ €6ioTiv evdela.
Kat
€€€ ' ,
ydyovev,
? iav
€ €€€
evOeiai, SoOetaa
€ ?
€€€
.
)
evdela.
iv
re
€
Se,
^? ^,-
426
TRIGONOMETRY
AB . + . = . ,
"
[" Ptolemy's theorem
is given.*
2 - 2) - 2) -
;
crd. . (crd. 180°) =(crd. 2) . (crd. 180°
(crd. 2^).(crd. ISO'-a^)
-
«.»
ef.
' Or
sin {-) =sin
" calculate," as we might almost translate
svpra, p. 414 n. on €#c ,
cos cos sin .
427
GREEK MATHEMATICS
^^€
^ Ibid. 39. 4-41.
evOelav evpetv.
3
?
€€ evOeiag
irepi-
ev
, , ,,
Sta/u-erpou evdela
, , ,
.
,
.
. ,,
,
yojvta
€;
8 at
., , ,
rats
Se
W
tOT^ '•
»/ xtAT-iv
icat )
'«ATT""
^ ,^ «
»'
. ' '',
428
, ,
TRIGONOMETRY
(vi.) im2 1^ = 1(1 -coi )
Ibid. 39. 4-41. 3
between AB and
I say that
let
is
be drawn perpen-
half of the difference
= ;
the base
triangle
is equal to the base
and therefore
is isosceles and
= . [Eucl. i. 4]. But
Then since the
has been drawn from
the vertex perpendicular to the base, = [Eucl.
i. 26]. But the whole is the difference between
iv
?
-
, .
V€Tat
.-
, , eoTiv,
icrrlv
,
,
.
.
€
So0€v
T^jLtiaeiav
?
/^
/uiaj .,
?
ci
, oe .
.
(vii.) cos ( +)=€05 cos - sin sin
Ibid. 41. -43. 5
,
* ?, ,
, • If
asserts that
^
subtends an angle
, . ,
^^ .
,
at
?,
8€ €
, €€€ € ,
SfjXov Sr) avroOev,
,
, ,•
€ €€
,
.
,
€€
- ,
iaTiv
€
eTrel iv
€€
, '
, /
, '
SeSoTat
BE 8€,
BE, .
» ,
/;, « ?
',/ -
4€
" If
centre, the
5*
?
5? ^, 8€
subtends an angle
theorem asserts that
.
2 and
.
an angle 2^ at the
a circle, and ,
reasoning as before, since is a quadrilateral in
€
e^ovatv,
€€,
evdelav
.
.'
€tl
eTreihrjTrep
€€,
€,
^ iav
at
Svo
€
^
€. €
^ ^/? '-
'
_'
€€ Se
,
/- 75^6
, .' '
^ *? - .
.
,
huo
,
€i)^etat,
(viii.) Method
Ibid. 43. 6-46.
8
oj" Interpolation
, -
20
,
1^
" cu^etat
6
,
434
TRIGONOMETRY
It is clear that, by continually putting next to all
known chords a chord subtending 1^" and calculating
the chords joining them, we may compute in a simple
manner all chords subtending multiples of lj°, and
there will still be left only those within the ]|°
intervals —two in each case, since we are making the
diagram in half degrees. Therefore, if we find the
chord subtending |°, this enable us to complete,
will
by the method of addition and subtraction with
respect to the chords bounding the intervals, both
the given chords and all the remaining, intervening
chords. But when any chord subtending, say, 1|°, is
given, the chord subtending the third part of the
same arc is not given by the [above] calculations if —
it were, we should obtain immediately the chord sub-
evdetav
.
, 8
/cat
evOeTa
. 8
,
/cat
, 8 .
, €€
€ , ij ,
.
,
8
,,- 8
. ,, 6
6
>,
and and be joined. Then since the
angle is bisected by the chord the chord
= [Eucl. iii. 26, 29], while EA [Eucl. vi. 3].
.
Now let
Then since > , >,
be drawn from
and
and radius
perpendicular to
the circle
,
described with centre
and beyond . Let [the arc]
will cut
be
> ,,
will fall
described, and let be produced to ." Then since
and
VOL. 11
sector
triangle > triangle
sector
437
GREEK MATHEMATICS
€€
€€ 6
evdeta
*, , ,
.'
Be
.
,•
• /cat
.
icat
,
'
,, "
.
, 8
-
6
AT, 8
/-? L•' 8' , 8
.
.
,,
438
ijf
ij
eortv
ij
8'
TRIGONOMETRY
.•. triangle
But triangle
: triangle
: triangle
<sector
= EZ EA, :
sector .
:
[Eucl. vi. 1
and
sector : sector
ZE :
= angle
A < angle
:
:
angle
angle
,
.
.•. componendo, ZA : A < angle : angle ;
and dirimendo,
But
:
:
AE <angle
A < angle
EA = BA, :
:
:
angle
angle
[Eucl.
. vi.
;
3
and
angle : angle = arc : arc BA ;
[Eucl. vi. S3
: BA <arc : arc BA."
On
let
this basis, then, let
there be drawn the two chords AB and and let
it first be supposed that AB subtends an angle of £°
be a circle,
, and in it
:<*.
But the chord AB was shown to be Oi» 47' 8' (the
diameter being 120») ; therefore the chord A
this
» If the chords
is
, BA
equivalent to the formula,
subtend angles 2, 2 at the centre,
sin g fl
sin *
where <<1.
439
GREEK MATHEMATICS
evdela iarlv v'
€7 .
€7 ? ^
, )
-
€€
d .* ,
,. ^, ij rrc/ot-
ioTtv
^8€ ioTiv
' evdeia
€,
evdeia
' -
,
8 , .
8-
,
a eyyicrra,
",
'
410
TRIGONOMETRY
<1P 2' 50" ; for this is approximately four-thirds of
OP 47' 8".
Again, with the same diagram, let the chord AB
€€,
€ €
€V€K€v
e/c
€
.
(.) The Table
,
,*
iv
,---
. Se,
?
,
, , *
*
--
'
,
442
iv
pq,8iav
. iv
:
^^
, *,
-
TRIGONOMETRY
* 3 25*. The remaining intervals may be com-
pleted, as we said, by means of the chord subtending
—
1^° in the case of the first interval, for example, by
adding ^° we obtain the chord subtending 2°, and
from the difference between this and 3° we obtain the
chord subtending 2|°, and so on for the remainder.
€
ta'.
- ??
€', -
elg
€€
TRIGONOMETRY
apply a correction, either irom the chord subtending
double of the arc which is under investigation, or
from the difference with respect to any others of the
given magnitudes, or from the chord subtending
the remainder of the semicircular arc. And this is
the diagram of the table :
Arcs
GREEK MATHEMATICS
(i.) Lemmas
*,
Ibid. 68. 14-74. 8
^
* ' ^
^-
,« /^ re €-
€
, *
]
, ,, - -
446
^ BE
TRIGONOMETRY
(i.) Lemmas
Ibid. 68. 14-74. 8
" TiJ?
yap
? BE.
re
^ .
?
inel
Aoyoj 6
elaiv , •^?
. ij • /> ?
€
Aoyos"
? Aoyo?
?•€ 6
? ?^? 5? ?
HE Aoyo?
HE.
BE ?
•
,
6 Aoyo?
• ?
€ ?^. ttJ?
? ? Aoyo?
7»
,
• Lit. " the ratio of to is compounded of the ratio
of to and ZB to BE."
448
TRIGONOMETRY
another at the point Z. say that
: AE = (
EH
)( I
: :
be drawn parallel to
BE).«
.
For through let
Since and EH are parallel,
:
EH =
AE =
( )(
( :
:
line] ;
:
HE)
HE).
But
by reason of the
: : HE = ZB
fact that
EH
(:)(:);
BE,
it will
and
be shown by trans-
[Eucl. vi.
are parallels
. (1)
4
;
ij ^ , eartv,
vpos , .
ۥ /?
e/c re ^
6
?
?
?
aiJro?
eoTiv
/cat
tt/jos
^,
eis" -•
/cat
}/?
5 Tijs icai ? ?.
T^s ? 6 icmv 6
€? • / •
€ €
/cat T^ff
^.
?
6 , oiJ ,
/cai
450
? ^^^
TRIGONOMETRY
being produced to it. For, again, since AH is parallel
toEZ,
: EA = : ZH. [Eucl. vi. 2
But, an external straight line having been taken,
and
ZH =
:
AZ:ZH=AB:BA,
( )( : : ZH) ;
But ZH = A [supra
( )( )
: :
;
i^TJs
A, ,,
iXaaaova efvat
€€€
, /cat
, , 88
, " .-
, .8
, ,, ' . 6
8
•
6
6
' 8
6
• 8 ^.
^
' , ,8
,
^^
,.
-
'
,
452
TRIGONOMETRY
A, , , in such a manner that each of the arcs AB,
is than a semicircle and upon the arcs taken
less
,
;
,
For let
the points A and to
and the straight line
Since AZ is parallel to
has been drawn to
.
meet them,
AZ : = AE : . [Eucl. vi. 4
But AZ : = the chord subtended by double of the
arc AB :
and therefore
AE:Er=the chord subtended by double of
the arc AB :
= sin AB
the arc
:sinBr],
. , . . (S)
453
GREEK MATHEMATICS
€ , re
/^ € -
cTrei ^?
( 6
6
/
, €
8€.
• €* ^
ecrrat hodelaa
8€8€
€ ^ ^^
^.
€
'
ij eSei
,
€7 €€€
,,,€
T-^S"
6 KevTpov
,
7€€€
454
« iirl
TRIGONOMETRY
is given, it is
triangle ,
given, the angle
£ AlZ A
4,55
',^,
€.7€€€.
GREEK MATHEMATICS
€€€
- re )
,
?
€
' evOela
,-
BE.
iav
8 8, ,
VH,
•€,
etp'ai, ,
•€ ^^.
,
^ he
^,
?^
8
?
. )»' 77/
^^» '<^^^ ^
Aoyos"
8-
,
'
7€ 6 -
ecrra*
456
TRIGONOMETRY
and upon the arcs taken in succession let there be a
similar relationship ; and let be joined and let
say that
eWela, 8-€
,
., rj
erreX
BeSorai
8€ inel
7€€ € /.. €
€
(ii.)
^',
The Theorem
Ibid. 74. 9-76. 9
cttI -
.
BE
, 6
-
.
, ,,
,
Yi^ ^
^ -
HE,
HE
458
TRIGONOMETRY
whole of the right-angled triangle
the ratio
But since
EB is given and also the chord
:
. ,
therefore EB will also be given and, further, the
whole [straight line] EBZ ; therefore, since is
€€
€€
€' ^/?
' ??
6
€? , ? ^?
Aoyo?
?
,
460
ij
. ^^
^^^,
jt^ev
, ^?
TRIGONOMETRY
; then the points , K, will lie on one straight
: - ( )( : : ). [by (2)
the arc :
of the arc A
the arc :
, • 6
(
/cat
.
€
^, 6
t?jv
BE* €€ ^.
• From the Arabic version, it is known that *'
Menelaus's
Theorem " was the first proposition in Book ill. of his
Sphaerica, and several interesting deductions follow.
462
TRIGONOMETRY
and : = the chord subtended by double of
the arc :
L sin EA
su sin sin BAj
463
XXII. MENSURATION:
HERON OF ALEXANDRIA
XXII. MENSURATION HERON OF :
ALEXANDRIA
€€ Heron,
€.
(a)
Deff.^ ed.
'
Definitions
, -
Heiberg (Heron
/-
€€$
iv.) 14.
-
1-24
^,
€,
TTJs iv €
€€
€
88•
" The problem of Heron's date is one of the most disputed
questions in the history of Greek mathematics. The only
details certainly known are that he lived after Apollonius,
whom he quotes, and before Pappus, who cites him, say
between 150 b.c. and a.d. 250. Many scraps of evidence
have been thrown into the dispute, including the passage
here first cited ; for it is argued that the title
corresponds to the Latin clarissimus, which was not in com-
mon use in the third century a.d. Both Heiberg (Heron,
vol. v. p. ix) and Heath {II.G.M. ii. 306) place him, however,
in the third century a.d., only a little earlier than Pappus.
The chief works of Heron are now definitively published in
five volumes of the Teubner series. Perhaps the best known
are his Pneumatica and the Automata^ in which he shows
how to use the force of compressed air, water or steam ; they
are of great interest in the history of physics, and have led
some to describe Heron as " the father of the turbine," but
4,66
XXII. MENSURATION HERON OF :
ALEXANDRIA «
(a) Definitions
• .
•
,,, , , - 8•
• ,
. ,,
-
Ibid. 60. 22-62. 9
'.
' ^ ,, ,- ^
, 6
^ , Friedlein, codd..
VOL. u Q . 46.9
€
.
€,
GREEK MATHEMATICS
re/xvet.
TLves
eiai
8e
e/c re
"
Heron, Metr. i. 8, ed. H. Schone (Heron
48
iii.)
-
18. 12-24. 21
' , , .
•
•
.
8.
^
8• .
.
• •
,, •
.
^. • '
' '
6
6
.
, • ' ? ' • ^' 5^ »
/cr
) '
7€" €€ «
. ۥevpedevra "',
^[
86 €
.^€
evpelv 48.
"
4
. ,
€8,
So9ev
, ^•
4€
Beov Se eoro»
evpeiv
€
€-
• [] ^ add. Heiberg.
corr.. SchOne.
")^'
,
els
,,, -,
, ^
(
6
ioTL
Tjj
€
.*, €€€ ,
*
. , , , BE,
*
, . , ,..,
,,
,
? ?
, », ,
.•
*
474
8e . . .
.
^•
:
/-
.
EH = 2
ZH = 2
.
.
triangle
triangle
,
, [Eucl. i. 41
[ibid.
,
of the triangle
the circle
and EH, that is the radius of
is double of the triangle
But
. EH = triangle
EH = VrS^TElP
. [ibid.
)2 = 2
.
;
,
31]
iii. ;
,
BH, and the angles ,
are bisected by AH,
together with
the angle
right angle
are equal to four right angles ; therefore
is equal to the angle
475
GREEK MATHEMATICS
, , , ,
,
eVaAAct^^, '^
^ , 4,
?•€ ?,
) 4
/cat
BE
,,,
•
BE
€
,
,•
ev
€86
.• , ,€
-
^
,€
,, ,
BE, eort
,
, ^
BE /,^jutaeia
fj
fj
,
86 .8
(.) Volume of a Spire
.,
"^ * ?»
H. Sch6ne (Heron
,
Ibid. ii. 13, ed. iii.) 126. 10-130. 3
(^ ,
*
iv
add. . Schune.
,
6
476
MENSURATION : HERON OF ALEXANDRIA
Therefore : BA = :
= EH,:
and permutando, : = EH :
^ : :;
= BK:KE,
because is parallel to EH,
and componendo =
therefore : . = BE . : EK,
=.:2,
.
i.e.
therefore ^,
from the right angle perpendicular to the base
EH^, whose square root is the area
.
( )(
of the triangle
And each of ,,
is equal to
BE, is given ; for
of the perimeter of the triangle while
EB).
is half
is the ,,
. .
7€€
^^^,
• ,
,? €€,*-
,
€ TjU^jLta
elai at
hiq
)
,
, . ,8 /?
ev
ho
,
.^
17 .
,
at
478
,. 8 ,
, ^ -
MENSURATION HERON OF ALEXANDRIA
:
as 12,
the circle, and through
Let A be given as 20,
A,
Let
'>
let ,
be the centre of
be
drawn perpendicular
And
"
through
The or
, let ,
to the plane of the horizontal.
EO be drawn parallel to
is the pattern or templet for
applying to an architectural feature, in this case an Attic-Ionic
column-base. The Attic-Ionic base
consists essentially of two convex
mouldings, separated by a concave
one. In practice, there are always
narrow vertical ribbons between the
convex mouldings and the concave
one, but Heron ignores them. In the
templet, there are naturally two con-
cave surfaces separated by a convex,
and the kind of figure Heron had in
mind appears to be that here illus-
trated. I am indebted to Mr. D. S. Robertson, Regius
Professor of (jreek in the University of Cambridge, for help
in elucidating this passage. * Lit. " from."
479
€€,, ,-ev
GREEK MATHEMATICS
€€
,
,.
Ylepl
.
SeSfft/crai
6
inel
,
e^ei
•' .'
.
•
/cat
, ,
' 6
,
6
. . •• 6
(^^'
6
.• 6
.
.
•
•
icfj'
,, ,
•
,.
,
,^'
'
• -
'• .
'
^ hoOiv add. . Schene,
480
MENSURATION : HERON OF ALEXANDRIA
AB. Now it is proved by Dionysodorus " in the book
which he wrote On the Spire that the circle
bears to half of the parallelogram the same
ratio as the spire generated by the circle bears
to the cylinder having for its axis and for the
radius of its base. Now, since is 12, will be 6.
But therefore AZ be and likewise
, which
cylinder.
is 8
is
; will
the radius of the base of the aforesaid
Therefore the circle is given ; but the
14,
481
? GREEK MATHEMATICS
,^ ^
• € '•
'^'
€€
- .
€ OTepeov ? ?.
(iii.) Division of a Circle
.€ .
Ibid. iii. 18, ed.
/
H. SchOne (Heron iii.)
els
172. 13-174. 2
€,
^, 8€€
,
,,
ev€K€v
) 6
Kevrpov , €
,. ,
BV,
, ,. ;
.•
, 8
4,82
. 8
MENSURATION: HERON OF ALEXANDRIA
7392 by 113^ and divide the product by 84; the
result
is 9956y. This will be the volume of the spire.
€ ' €€€
TrXcvpav -
-
. € ' [^
€€ erepov
.
(iv.)
To SoOev
SoOev ^^^
/ ,
484
.
€ €€ ,
Sodeicnj ^^ {)*
€m
eTret
(}/€
€€
MENSURATION : HERON OF ALEXANDRIA
inscribe another side of the equilateral triangle, we
may take away another third part ; and therefore
the remainder will also be a third part of the whole
circle.*
.
ill.)
260. 18-264. 15
jJLfpOS
• erepav add. H. Schone.
485
GREEK MATHEMATICS
TO B, /cat
, ^
evdeiav
,
{/cat
, • eVi
,
,,.,,.•
,
€7 ?
,, ,, ,, ,, ,,
,,,,
, <?.
"^,
[
/cat
^&
•.
, ,, ^,
,, ,, ,
[ il
,
, .
,, ,,
'
,,,•
-
e
8, *
"^,
/cat
'
toutcuj'
€
^,
-
AotTra
-
••
€7' , €7* ,
486
MENSURATION : HERON OF ALEXANDRIA
closing the area, and by means of the dioptra drew
any straight line BH, and drew perpendicular
to it, and drew another straight line perpen-
dicular to this last, and similarly drew
pendicular to . —
drawn I took a series of points on BH taking
per-
And on the straight lines so
, ^M>,
signated
K\
the letters, I drew the perpendiculars
,, B, S,r, , P^r, 2 , ,
, , , , 2, -, in such a manner
that the extremities of the perpendiculars cut off
from the line enclosing the area approximately
straight lines. When this is done it will be possible
to measure the area. For the parallelogram
is right-angled so that if we measure the sides by
;
, , , , -,
trapezia outside this by taking their sides ; tor BK^,
487
GREEK MATHEMATICS
"^,
,- . ] *
€€€
€
^ ^{
earai
€
] €6
€
€ €€, ' 6•€
Trpos
€€€,
,, ,^),
(jHY
, * ^? ^^
-
€€ € ,? ' € ^,
,^
€€€,^ ^? ,
7€€€
,,
€€
,,
-
,, ^
{,)*
MM, MM,
^ ^^
€€
€€€,
(c) Mechanics
»
Bodeiajj
add.
/
Heron, Diopt. 37, ed.
T^
. SchOne.
. SchOne (Heron
Bodev
»
iii.)
add.
806. 22-312. 22
. SchOne.
" Heron's Mechanics in three books has survived in Arabic,
but has obviously undergone changes in form. It begins
with the problem of arranging toothed wheels so as to move
488
MENSURATION : HERON OF ALEXANDRIA
them, as, for example, half of K"^, by ; and
angle ^,
and the trapezium ^FMMM, and also the
other trapezium, and so we shall obtain the area
S"
?
as that given in the passage here reproduced from the Dioptra,
iind it is obviously the same as the account found by Pappus
(viii. 19, ed. Hultsch 1060. 1-1068. 23) in a work of Heron's
(now lost) entitled (" weight-lifter ") though
Pappus himself took the ratio of force to weight as 4 160
and the ratio of successive diameters as 2 1. It is suggested
:
489
^. -
GREEK MATHEMATICS
Ota
€ /cat
, iv ^ els
€ -
,
8.
,,
8,., -
^ •^?,
.
'/.?
8,
,
(
, ,
8
^ 6
490
88 .
8 (otttjs
MENSURATION : HERON OF ALEXANDRIA
juxtaposition of toothed wheels. '^ Let a framework be
prepared like a chest ; and in the long, parallel walls
€€
,8€ ,8€^,? ^
iv
(Sel
AB
)^
8)€*
^'€ €
€.
KLvrjdfi
rrXeov
8€
€
€€ ,
'
(?^ -
84€ .€€^^ €
€
(^ۥ
anoSei^eaiv.
?
{
iv
€-
y €€
€€.
,
€, €
, € ,
.
eTcpos
6
he
8
€€
€8€.
, €€€ ( €
.
84 8€ -
^€ €
84' ( 8^
( ,
8€ "€ CTcpov
€
)*
•
.
(
* add. Hultsch et SchOne.
* After there is a lacuna of five letters.
* €K #fivija« . SchOne,
* 8ei — " septem
ev
litteris
Cod.
madore absumptis, supplevi
dubitanter," H. SchCne.
* e^ot add. H. SchOne.
MENSURATION : HERON OF -ALEXANDRIA
the wall A and is coiled round the axle EZ, the rope
holding the load will move the weight as it winds up.
In order that the wheel may be moved, a force of
more than 200 talents is necessary, owing to the
diameter of the wheel being, as postulated, five times
the diameter of the axle ; for this was shown in the
proofs of the five mechanical powers. We have
<•
• The wheel and axle, the lever, the pulley, the wedge and
the screw, which are dealt with in Book ii. of Heron's
Mechanics.
•
'
'
•
^°
After
SchOne's
^^
0
,
'
text.
is
«*
^
a special sign and a lacuna of 22
add. H. Schone.
, add.
SO
.
add..
Schone.
Schone.
—SO .
letters.
lacuna.
493
GRBEK MATHEMATICS
'
€. erepov
8€' -
(,
touSc
8€, 8€4€,
€4^ , i.
€ €€€, -
€
€ €
,
'.
iav
€€,
owa/Lttv,
evl
^
,
,-
, iav Be
et
. ,^
,
^
- )*
-
,}* ' ( 6
^S"
494»
,
,
.* ,
9",
-
,,
'
MENSURATION : HERON OF ALEXANDRIA
to us is Let there be placed another
5 talents.
toothed wheel engaging with the toothed wheel
;
•
•
^
*
After
add. H. Schone.
Schune.
495
GREEK MATHEMATICS
€,
€€, ^,€€€ ,8
/cat
,
.,
6 €
€,7€€ ' 8€ (^
€
^
(d) Optics : Equality of Angles of Incidence
AND Reflection
^ *7€8€
Damian. Opt.
6
14, ed.
[
.
,
,
].^
etat
8
,,
Olympiod. In Meteor, iii. 2 (Aristot. 371 b 18),
ed. Stuve 212. 5-213. 21
,*€
yiVea^ai
oihkv
» add. .
Schflne.
* G. Schmidt, codd.
• om. R. Schone.
496
MENSURATION: HERON OF ALEXANDRIA
on to this last, and then the adjacent wheel and
so finally the axle EZ fitting on to it ; and the rope,
,
winding round the axle, will move the weight. That
it will move the weight is obvious because there has
€ ^ \7€4^
^,
nepioSov
TreptoSou
evOcLai,
€€ ,^,
evdeicuv.
€ ,^,'.
, '
SrjXov ivTeudev.
eV &
,
498
€€€ , . .€ on
MENSURATION: HERON OF ALEXANDRIA
unequal angles, and instead of the eye apprehending
to the angle .»
• Different figures are given in different mss., with corre-
sponding small variants in the text. With G. Schmidt, I
have reproduced the figure in the Aldine edition.
' €€ •
*
om. R. SchOne,
R. Schune,
€.
om.
€>5
Ideler.
Ideler, Sttive.
codd.
499
, 8,.€4 ^
Et
GREEK MATHEMATICS
eariv , erepov
^
ev
, €7€€
, . /cat
,€
4
)
€€ ^, ,
OTL
,
-
€
, .
ycoviai
,
,
,
,
ly.
HE
. at
}
.
HE
ij
,
HE,
eiaij'
[
(^aVf
taat,
HA
*
.
,, [
at
8
8
yojviai ratj?
8
. ,
ywrtats"
, , /cat]'
.
.. ,
, ??,,
.
taat
CTret 8 at
500
MENSURATION: HERON OF ALEXANDRIA
For if it be not equal, let there be another point
Z, on the mirror, falling on which the sight makes
,
,.
unequal angles, and let be joined. It is clear
that the angle is greater than the angle
,
triangles, the triangle is equal to the triangle
and the remaining angles, subtended by the
i. 4]. Therefore .,
equal sides are severally equal one to the other [Eucl.
= Again, since =
and angle = angle
to the two triangles and the triangle,
while HZ is common
= .
is equal to the triangle
And
[ibid.].
since = ,
Therefore
.
^
superfluous.
* al add.
'
.
.
. .
.
being superfluous, should be omitted.
...
These words are out of place here and
. .
€,
These words are out of place here and
superfluous.
VOL. u R 501
GREEK MATHEMATICS
elai ) €€,
^' ,
, •'€€
ac
€,.
,
at
,
,
Seifat.
, ^ /) '
.
at
elatv.
' at
Quadratic Equations
,,
(e)
8
Heron, Oeom. 21. 9-10, ed. Heiberg (Heron
• 8• - 6
iv.) 380. 15-31
. - -
' • ,'-
,.
• ' ta' yiWrat
8
tS* -
' 8•
''
8'
8'
•
' The proof here given appears to have been taken by
Olympiodorus from Heron's Catoptrica, and it is substanti-
ally identical with the proof in De Speculis 4. This work
was formerly attributed to Ptolemy, but the discovery of
Ptolemy's Optict in Arabic has encouraged the belief, now
502
MENSURATION: HERON OF ALEXANDRIA
the remaining side, in whatever way these may be
taken [Eucl. i. 20], therefore in the triangle the
sum of the two sides
. ,
is greater than the one
side
But
But
+
+ >
>.
-;
= +
+
+
;
.
And , make unequal angles ;
part L
503
€€.
• , •
' 5~•
GREEK MATHEMATICS
Be €86
.
evpeiv.
ju8
iroUi
. •, " If d is
(f) Indeterminate Analysis
Heron, Geom, 24. 1, ed. Heiberg
(Heron iv.) 414. 28-415. 10
d+—d
7
+i^d2 = 212.•
14
i.0. i^d* +
14 7
= 212. ^d
To solve this quadratic equation, we should divide by \\ so as
to make the first term a square ; Heron makes the first term
a square by multiplying by the lowest requisite factor, in this
case 154, obtaining the equation
ll*d''+2 29. ll(i = 154.212.
.
504.
MENSURATION: HERON OF ALEXANDRIA
find the area. It is done thus Multiply the dia-
:
* The Constantinople
ms. in which Heron's Metrica was
found in 1896 contains also a number of interesting problems
in indeterminate analysis ; and two were already extant in
Heron's Oeeponicus. The problems, thirteen in all, are now
published by Heiberg in Heron iv. 414. 28-426. 29.
" It appears also to be a condition that the
perimeter of
the second should be three times the perimeter of the first.
If we substitute any factor for 3 the general problem
becomes : To solve the equations
u + v=n{x+y) . . . (1)
xy = n.uv , . , (2)
The solution given is equivalent to
x = 2n^-\, y=2n*
= ii(4»' - 2), v=n.
Zeuthen {BihUotheca mathematica, viii. ( 1 907-1908), pp. 1 18-
13.4) solves the problem thus: Let us start with the hypo-
thesis that v^n. It follows from (1) that « is a multiple
of n, say nz. We have then
xl•y = \ +2,
while by (2) xy=n^z,
whence xy = n^(x +y) -n^
or (a; - n^){y - n') = n\n^ - 1 ).
8 . v8.
<•
^8
'
•
.^, -
8^ ^-
...
•
8 ^^.
Ibid. 24. 10, ed. Heiberg (Heron iv.) 422. 15-424. 5
-
,• •
'
,
, '
''
6 ,
8
,
. ,
6 '
, 8
vs^,
.
Q ,
tcov
6
*8? •85"
•
8 8.
. '
,.
-
^*
"^.
•
•
_' '
•
8, 88 -
• •
.
.
•
.
.' 8• ^ 8 •
•
506
MENSURATION: HERON OF ALEXANDRIA
Take the cube of 3, making 27 double this, making ;
321 take away 3], leaving 318. Then let one side
;
507
? ^ ? .
GREEK MATHEMATICS
',?.
€ im
?
TTohes
€€€
<jov •L•' ytVerat
•
at TrAeupac
o/ioy avvdes /xera
• Heath {H.G.M. .
446-447) shows how this solution can
be generalized. o, b be
Let the sides of the triangle con-
taining the right angle, c the hypotenuse, S the area of the
triangle, r the radius of the inscribed circle ; and let
s = l{a + b +c).
Then
S=rs = \ab, r+«=a + 6, c = e-r.
Solving the two equations, we have
first
~]=h[r + sTV{ir+sy-ers)],
and this formula is actually used in the problem. The
508
MENSURATION: HERON OF ALEXANDRIA
the perpendicular and the base together, [getting
420], of which the half is 210 feet and the three
;
6 = 4•1+1)=21,
c = 35-6 =29.
This problem is followed by three more of the same type.
509
•
XXIII. ALGEBRA DIOPHANTUS
:
XXIII. ALGEBRA: DIOPHANTUS
() General
€,4• 4
Anthol. Palat. xiv. 126, The Greek Anthology, ed.
Paton (L.C.L.) v. 92-93
^, €-
€8€] €
OvTOS" roL
€
deos
a
Aeyei.
^aO/ia•
,
rfj
,
7€
^
€
TOvSe
€^
) '
€0'
'
€8)
SeiXov
*
€,
€€€
nopev
.
eTreVeuacv erei.
. iviavTOis
etbos ."
? in*
€€
470. 27-472. 4
}
€,
, ,
Kat
, ' ^
(,
OTt,
6
" iav
ev Aeyo-
-^/)
ev
, rfj ."
,
bvdSi
*,
Psell. Epist., ii. 38. 22-39. 1
'^5
-
*
, 6
*
SvaSos Sc add. Bachet.
Dioph. Arith.
€',
i.,
.€€
GREEK MATHEMATICS
Praef.,
7€
Dioph. ed. Tannery
irepws^
i. 14. 25-16. 7
iv
€7
Nw '
7]€ . ,
evoBevTa
} €€€
iv
,
,.,
€
^^
eTTt
€€£
€ iv
ras
SieXecv
err'
/cat
'
Biaipelv,
€.
tols etSeai
-
»/
-
68,
iv rpioKatSeKa €€€.
Ihid. . 3, Dioph. ed. Tannery 316. 6
'^
i.
iv
516
ALGEBRA: DIOPHANTUS
him in a different way and in the most concise form,
and dedicated his work to Diophantus."
€
,.
, , [ ,
^
Ibid.
T171'
1.,
evpeaiv
(b)
iv
Aiovvate,
*
Notation
Praef., Dioph. ed. Tannery i. 2.
ae
3-6. 21
€€-
'
€7€'7
'
€
^
€,
€ €
eiacv at
eoTiv,
€€,
iv TOts
8€€€,
€
ei?
*
• ^. els
.,
/cat
€
?,
*
*
^ *,,
'
,
ancient Ma.
518
,
^
Srj
,
«
€
iv
iK
i^
€
8
.
two
*
34-53.
sides of
by Heath, Diophantus of Alexandria, 2nd
Diophantus's method of representing large
numbers and fractions has already been discussed (vol. i.
pp. 44-45). Among other abbreviations used by Diophantus
are °^, declined throughout its cases, for
519
^
,,
?
<Lv hk
GREEK MATHEMATICS
61 elaiv
nXevpds
e/c c0'
-
* '
€
€ €
?
68.
efvai•
/?, ^
,^
Se
'
88 * ^ 88'
/?•
,
-
, ^ 8'
-
6
520
,^ . 8
ALGEBRA: DIOPHANTUS
multiplied by the cubes formed from the same
side ;
the cube is called cubus and has for its sign with
the index Y, that is K* ;
the square multiplied by itself is called dynamo-
that is ^
dynamis and its sign is two deltas with the index Y,
;
,
when written in full as /, 85 -
85
.
" It is not here stated in so many words, but becomes
and its
abbreviation are restricted to the square of the unknovm
,
quantity ; the square of a determinate number is
for the cube both of a deter-
minate and of the unknown quantity. The higher terms,
and
,
are used respectively for the fourth, fifth and sixth
Eowers both of determinate quantities and of the unknown,
ut their abbreviations, and that for
denote powers of the unknown only.
are used to
521
€
GREEK MATHEMATICS
, ^,
,
,, , , -
oe
iv
€€
eoTiv
€€ c.
€7 € -
,.
, ,'
88 ,
, ,
8
. y.
• am entirely convinced
,, ,
that this symbol is really the first two letters of ;
by Heath's argument, based on
the Bodleian ms. of Diophantus and general considerations,
It may be
declined throughout its cases, e.g., S'"'" for the genitive plural,
infra p. 552, line 5.
Diophantus has only one symbol for an unknown quantity,
but his problems often lead to subsidiary equations involving
other unknowns. He shows great ingenuity in isolating
these subsidiary unknowns. In the translation I shall use
522
ALGEBRA: DIOPHANTUS
The number which has none of these character-
istics, but merely has in an undetermined multitude
it
dynamocuhus [x*]
dynamocuhoston
|^-gj,
cubocuboston j^i^j.
cubocuhus []
And each of these will have the same sign as the
corresponding process, but with the mark y, to dis-
tinguish its nature.''
, (€ ?
Ibid, i., Praef., Dioph. ed. Tannery i. 12., 19-21
€7
,
vtvov,
7€
.
Mcra
^ ? ,
€^--
, ?? ^
Be,
) ? €€ ^ / ^
^
€. '
/ ??
€ ,€,? ^ /
TOis"
? ^}.
€€,
cv
8,
and cannot agree with Heath (H.G.M. ii. 459) that " the
.
Ibid. iv. 39, Dioph. ed.
Eivpeiv
/cat
'"^•.
, Tannery i. 298. 7-306. 8
] 88, --
6 6
88'
/^.
"",
SdMjS.
.
*
{)/
,
y"^•
^,
^S", 6
5^Mj5.^
( Svo
'
,
"",
""• fctt
5 . *, S f . '•
.? '' ^
. . .
add. Bachet.
add. Tannery.
526
ALGEBRA: DIOPHANTUS
(ii.) Quadratic Equations "
8x + 4 = a square,
6x + 4 = a square.
And as the units are squares, the equation is con-
venient to solve.
" The quadratic equation takes up only a small part of this
problem, but the whole problem will give an excellent illustra-
tion of Diophantus's methods, and especially of his ingenuity
in passing from one unknown to another. The geometrical
solution of quadratic equations by the application of areas
is treated in vol. i. pp. 192-215, and Heron's algebraical
formula for solving quadratics, supra, pp. 502-505.
* For double equations, v. infra p. 543 n. b.
527
GREEK MATHEMATICS
,
• €
8wa/xat
6
•
5.
6 *
em ?~
S
'^
.'
5
5
,
. • S
iXaTTOva
) 15".
,
,
8. ss'M.B
5 -
5 . " S^MS
. ", ?,
, 6
__
5"
, [2°^
,
""
(^
^
,
S,
,, ij
""
"'* SiiMo,
?J,
.
6
• If we put
6x + 4, = {p-q)\
on subtracting, 2x = 4q.
Substituting '2p = \x, 2q=^ {i.e., 'p = \x, g=2) in the first
equation we get
8a; + 4=(i«+2)»,
or \l2x=x^,
whence »= 112.
528
ALGEBRA: DIOPHANTUS
form two numbers whose product is 2x, according
I
to what we know about a double equation let them ;
€, ^ ',
This method of solving such equations is explicitly given
by Diophantus in ii. II, Dioph. ed. Tannery 1. 96. 8-14:
S ,,
.
8e $
8k
o,My,
'
. •
.
noiy
18
8
elai 8e
eavTO
a;
€
+ 3 =a square
.
+ 2 = a square,
€'
eairro
, *
°'
^* So,
'^
"
eivai
' 6
^^'^'^
€
,
.
.
*.
^-
**"
. *^'
^ y^ S
""
y^
•"'"•
•
.
-
D*•
?•
.
""
6
.
Ttva
^ —
S
My
,
•
.
*'«
_
,
- 5
£ ,
"^
CV
6
TTJ
, , 6
.
*'*
"*
"'
fj
^
iXdaaovos ,
630
ALGEBRA: DIOPHANTUS
Let the least be taken as 4, and the side of the
middle as ^r +2 ; then the square is z* +4iZ +4i.
Then since the difFerence of the greatest and the
middle is one-third of the difference of the middle
and the least, and the difference of the middle and
the least is z^ +42f, so that the difference of the
greatest and the least is ^z^ +l^z, while the
middle term is z^ +4!Z +4i, therefore the greatest
term = 1 ^z^ + 5^z + 4 = a square. Multiply through-
out by 9 :
^
Then * — —+12
6»!
9 5",
2
I.e., <•
" As a literal translation of the Greek at this point would
be intolerably prolix, I have made free use of modern
notation.
531
"
—"*,
€
GREEK MATHEMATICS
/^My,
—
,
5 d'
TTOiei
^
5
/1\
*'*
^•
y.
^
^ *
»/
5 ___
elg ^ My ttolclv
€-
€.£
S
€1?
^j8 ?
iXdaaovos
,
^
TTOiei
y
.
€
€
'
.
??
rJTrep
" ?, ,
—
^ /^ y, S ij3
^ . Mr.
5 117
^ j§.
4)/ ?
€,
?
S•
^•)^
{yV
ytV
^ySjSMc' . * 7•
•
.
7^• y /\ 2 , 5 ^
;)^ ttjv "" ^ SdMjS•
* ytVerat . . . ras ^ add. Tannery.
" This is not strictly true. But since \/45 lies between
6 and 7, no smaller integral value than 7 will satisfy the
conditions of the problem.
632
ALGEBRA: DIOPHANTUS
The inequality will be preserved when the term
are cross-multiplied,
i.e., 6m+12<2m^-6.
By adding 6 to both sides,
6i«+18<27«2.
When we solve such an equation, we multiply half
the coefficient of [or m] into itself getting 9 ;
then multiply the coefficient of x^ into the units
—
—2 18 = 36
. add this last number to the 9 getting
;
—
45 take the square root which is -t 7 * ; add half
; —
the coefficient of —
making a number <10; and
divide the result by the coefficient of x^—getting a
number -tS.'•
My equation is therefore
Ss^ + 122 +9 = a, square on side (3 - 5z),
42
z= — = —
, 21
and
22 11
" ^'
P^"^
^
.
,
inl
Q"", .
i$ , .
SrMo•
/cat
SvdSos.
? €
•
^ £ j5,
^/5, _
5.
' ^,
e
-"",
/xev
°^ ,,
°% 5"°"
6
,,jS"* ,,
eart
, °%
j8°* .\ hk
6
°' 27.
"* '^" ^ .\
5"»",
-
, .
'"'
"
6 y°* . "
"* *
L•'
. , 06
534,
ALGEBRA: DIOPHANTUS
Itself—.
I return now to the original problem and make
1849
YaT» which is a square, =6x+4. Multiplying by
the least • ^•
Since the denominator, 726, is not a square, but its
sixth part is, if we take 121, which is a square, and
divide throughout by 6, then similarly the numbers
are
1834| 469| 14j.
121' 121 ' 121*
€^,
Ibid. i. 28, Dioph. ed. Tannery i. 62. 20-64. 10
.-
avvOeais
' /cat
ttoltj
^ ?*
.*7€
Sr]
hk
, *
,
6
.
S
€OTt
6
#cat
,
Ml/h^d.
5
,
.
, .
•
* ^ jo
_
.
, S .
6 ,
^. ^?
• In general terms, Diophantus's problem is to solve the
simultaneous equations
To find two numbers such that their sum and the sum of
their squares are given numbers.'^
It is a necessary condition that double the sum of
their squares exceed the square of their sum by a
square. This is of the nature of a formula.*
Let it be required to make their sum 20 and the
sum of their squares 208.
Let their difference be 2ar, and let the greater
= x +\0 (again adding half the sum) and the lesser
= 10-ar.
their sum is 20 and their difference 9,x.
Then again
remains to make the sum of their squares 208.
It
But the sum of their squares is Q.x^ + 200.
Therefore 22 + 200 = 208,
and a;>=2.
To
return to the hypotheses the greater =i 12 —
and the lesser = 8. And these satisfy the conditions
of the problem.
and (+)*+(-»)*=,
U., 2(o*+iB'')=A.
A
procedure equivalent to the solution of the pair of simul-
taneous equations ^ + ij=2a, = ,
is given in i. 27, and a
procedure equivalent to the solution of
in i. 30.
-=2, =^
* ^{'+')-{ +
In other words, )'=
square; it is, in
fact,
K-at
{-.
TovTo
have followed Heath in translating
"
I
as this is of the nature of a formula."
Se
€€,
€^,
Ibid. vi. 17, Dioph. ed. Tannery i.
?
432. 19-434. 23
6 iv
.
TTOLTJ
6 iv
Si iv
€8
rfj
iv rfj vTroreivovar) ,
5, Be ev
rj
V7TOT€ivov<77j JK^d,
^^
tS" /1\ 5 .
.*' S ,
inei
5 . 5
iv iaS
5
jO• iav ,
TJ S .
' 6 8
,* , "" '
, ""
JdSMd,
S
6
yl\
Si ,
.
""
K^diy^A^yMa.
6
•
°**
°' .
^
?,
5 y/lVA^y , A^dsjSMy,
5
538
"
.
D"" ^• ,
ALGEBRA: DIOPHANTUS
perimeter is a cube.
Let its area = , and let its hypotenuse be some
square number minus say 16 — ar.
x,
But since we supposed the area = x, therefore the
product of the sides about the right angle = 2x. But
2; can be factorized into and 2 ; if, then, we make
one of the sides about the right angle = 2, the other
— X.
The perimeter then becomes 18, which is not a
cube but 18 is made up of a square [16] +2. It
;
/\ 5 • 4€
5.
GREEK MATHEMATICS
S ,
^ "* /ce, hk
__
^ 5 ' ^ .
SM "
* ,
(d) Indeterminate Equations
.,
(a) Single Equations
Tannery
,
Ibid. ii. 20, Dioph. ed. i. 114. 11-22
6 "* 5 , jS"* 5 ^, 6
"" °^, "", ""•
"", """•
"",
'^- °^ "",
"" "*, -
»,
" Diophantus makes no mention of indeterminate equa-
tions of the first degree, presumably because he admits
540
ALGEBRA: DIOPHANTUS
the cube =3 ; and hence the square is 25 and the
cube 27.
I now transform the right-angled [triangle], and,
assuming its area to be x, I make the hypotenuse =
25 — ; the base remains = 2 and the perpendicular = x.
;
, 621
whence x= ^rx-*
50
This satisfies the conditions.
To find
two numbers such that the square of either^
added make a square.
to the other, shall
Let the first be x, and the second 2; + 1 , in order
that the square on the first, added to the second, may
make a square. There remains to be satisfied the
condition that the square on the second, added to
the first, shall make a square. But the square on
the second, added to the first, is ^x^
therefore this must be a square.
+1 ; and -
rational fractional solutions, and the whole point of solving
an indeterminate equation of the first degree is to get a solu-
tion in integers.
541
GREEK MATHEMATICS
"" ^ AM •
^
"
. € 6
/S
°*
'^•
^, 6 °^ .,
S '^,
() Double Equations
Ibid. iv. 32, Dioph. ed. Tannery 268. 18-272. IS
]" ,
hieXeiv ets"
), ]
Tpeis
-
€,
€
BevTcpov, idv re
idv €
8€
], ' ^-
6 .
• € '
6 °^ S , 6 °^
6 "* /1\ S *
hvo "" ''",
iav € "", idv € },
""•
. *' Mrj/h^Y . ****
Double Equations *
()
Ibid. iv. 32, Dioph. ed. Tannery 268. 1-272. 15
% —x =a square,
8 - Sx = a square.
And this does not give a rational result since the ratio
*
or ^.
Diophantus's term for a double equation is
It always means with him
that two different functions of the unknown have to be made
?,
simultaneously equal to two squares. The general equations
are therefore
€ 8 . "*
5
elvai S
'"'
, Se 5
,
," (., )
€€
"*
7)
'
'
.
"''
S S,
,
'
6 '
'
5 /^ .
S
"*
,
Q"" .
(
_
* Sa/^ cm
_ _
5 /\ • 5
S ).' etaii'
,
°*' '^^ y"*
13
third = X ; and therefore the first = -^ - «.
There remains the condition, that the product of
the first and second ± th^ third = a square. But the
product of the first and second + the third =
Q5 2
-^--ar = a square,
-Q- - 2f = a square.
. . .
5
. ? add. Bachet,
add. Tannery.
545
GREEK MATHEMATICS
_
, M^e^Sr . *,
/^ . *• -- ^, S
\5 . *
Nt5v
*",
M|7ASkS
/cat ecrri
. Q».
cctti
/3?6• iari
MpQc, /cai eiat 1 /cat iy•
. eauTO *»
' ? €.
'^,
jS°* .
€,
6 5 y""
°^
'^.
6 €. °* e,
«'*=i(i'+g)'. t'''=i(i'-?)•.
and so o»i*n*a! + an' = i(p + ?)'»
am*»*a! + 6m* = l(p - q)* |
whence, from either.
am*n*
546
ALGEBRA: DIOPHANTUS
Multiply throughout by 9> getting
65 - 6a; = a square
and
65 - 24a; = a square.*
equation by 4, 1 get
Q
lesser square, I get x = 5•
—the
00
Returning to the conditions first part will be
Q
-, the second r, and the third -' And the proof is
obvious.
p = lS, g = 13,
and {-13}» = 65-24,
g
whence 24a5=64, and «=-•
547
GREEK MATHEMATICS
,
(ii.) Indeterminate Equations of Higher Degree
,-
Ibid, iv, 18, Dioph. ed. Tannery i, 226. 2-228. 5
Eypetv 6
€.
SevTcpov ttoltj 6 Be
SevTepov
\ ^.
"",
6 °* 5
. €
* 6
6
°^
"" ,-
ioTL
"". '
jS°" D*"*,
(^
°•', 6
°^ °*, "",
'/^''• *
^ ^^,
^ ^
,
dK^ irMp-y
S •
^ '^ ''
°% ^ ^^
S•
^^°\
AJ
- .
K^Is^' ? •^
* . . . ^ add. Bachet.
32x^ = 1.
cube and the other to a square, but only a few simple cases
are solved by Diophantus.
* The general type of the equation is
« = »' + c, then
Put ^ »* = -.
A+2c
—
TJ
;r-»
549
GREEK MATHEMATICS
, ^ € '
"€
d, his rj' at
'
*'* ""•
.
Trotet
^• *'* yevo/iei'os'
K^S . *• ^?• 6 S
_
. em ? ecrrat ^^. .
^'"'
""
^^ d.
""
eort
jS°"
•
yiVeTai °* K'KdU^S-K'^.
7 avS" . S . yiVcTai
S ivos iS-»".
? «* °* evos ^ , 0€
€ (e)
TCTpaycuvous".
note
• It
:
"
Theory of Numbers
Ibid.
€;^^€
ii. 8,
:
els
lb 40yo
? ^ ' tr
S""
efj^ai
"*
*.
..
.
SpAMo.
^ 5 •
__
. /coivt7
'
^ € 5 iS^,
- 5
.
«< » \ icc » 5 \ \ » /
, ^,
, ,
,? .
. Ibid. . 11, Dioph. ed. Tannery I. 842. 13-346. 12
5
Brj efi^ai
Srj
be 16 - ^
it shall be required therefore to make
;
16 —2=a square.
take a square of the form" (mx - 4)^, m being any
I
integer and 4 the root of 16 ; for example, let the
side be 2x-4, and the square itself 4•^ +16-16x.
Then
4;2+6-16; = 16-2.
Add to both sides the negative terms and take like
from like. Then
5x^=16x,
and ar=—-•
5
256 144
One number will therefore be ^^, the other -^vi
and
It. 400
their sum is -^
. ,
or 16, and each
, .
is a square.
€ ? € ""'
,
Set SteAetv els
,€€ * ev^?^apLos
i els Tpets
^ y. ear
n^^S tji ttjs
€. . ^, ,
€^,
exetv els ovs
5
rj
TtpoaTidivTes
€6
""'
"",
0*'*. Sei
"
^•
Q"".
rpoeevov
' ^'/
. *'
^ •
?
TTOieiv
. ^•
era yiVovTai '^'
6 ^^ \
SeMa• yivcTai °'
^, ^ MS,
6eev 6 S
•
€€?^ € ^, Tais
'
yy
'^
*.
CIS
€
}
y D""*
?
"",
""*
"" ?
'''
, vea |_| »
by «* ; then
SOa;^ + 1 =a square.
Let the root be 5x + 1 ; then, squaring,
Q5x^+10x +1=30x^+1 ;
whence
—, 2
— *,
. 1
^2-4.
1
shall approximate to — •
^ ^^ there-
composed of three squares, 9> hk *^^ ok*
555
GREEK MATHEMATICS
€K T€ /cat .
(7
^•
€
at ^• elaiv rj
Of
*"*• 8
€
• icat
y "^
'
S ""', S ytVorrat
^
. / €€
"', ^y^v S joir*
. ,
a ''^ .
*7 ? ,
/ Ibid. iv. 29, Dioph. ed. Tannery
(^,
i. 258. 19-260. 16
. 8
• The sides are, in fact, 1^
711
^^^, Ir^?, and the squares
' 711 711
are 1745041 1658944 1651225'
'
505521 505521 ' 505521
556
ALGEBRA: DIOPHANTUS
fore required to make each of the sides approxi-
mate to —
6
4 3
But their sides are 3, - and -• Multiply through-
3555a;»+10-116a:=10;
,
whence x= —116
3555
•
"*
.
Ihiav ^•
^, 7€6
, 6 €, °^ OJ5 17
,?
TT^'/MVIZ.' TTOuZ
Q»"
^•
, 8 *,
'"'*• /€
,
«rat at ij8 "",
, .
^.
/
6
""'»
^' .',
iy ei?
^
4/3
****»
"" ? ^•
re
"^*,
-
^.
,
> » If € \ \ % \ / f /
€1? *cv /cat , ^ .
, _, , , -
.', *•
"", ^^, ^q, • ^ "',
^'^
\
^"'^
' ^\
°^ ^" /^' °^ ^^
» ^\
' °^ ^"
^\
^'
558
ALGEBRA: DIOPHANTUS
Let it be 12.
Since any square added to its own side and J makes
a square, whose side minus ^ is the number which is
the side of the original square,* and the four numbers
added to their own sides make 12, then if we add
4 .
J they will make four squares. But
12+4. J (or 1) = 13.
Therefore it is required to divide 13 into four squares,
and then, if I subtract | from each of their sides, I
shall have the sides of the four squares.
Now 13 may be divided into two squares, 4 and 9•
And again, each of these may be divided into two
64 ,144 ,81
squares, — and-,36
— , and —- and — .
^ ^
I
, .
take the side
. .
8 6 12 Q
of each -, -,
5 5 5 5
—
, -, and subtract half from each side,
559
GREEK MATHEMATICS
(f) Polygonal Numbers
Dioph. De polyg. num., Praef., Dioph. ed. Tannery
"?
,,
^ ^ €-
i, 450. 3-19
.,
,, , -
iarnv 6
€
€€
iv
,Be
6 .
€
€
/cat
-
*
,
, --
,
/,]8.
* rrpaiTOS
6
Bachet,
)/
codd.
" A fragment of the tract On Polygonal Numbers is the
only work by Diophantus to have survived with the Arith-
metica. The main fact established in it is that stated in
Hypsicles' definition, that the a-gonal number of side is
560
ALGEBRA: DIOPHANTUS
{f) Polygonal Numbers"
Diophantus, On Polygonal Numbers, Preface, Dioph.
ed. Tannery i. 450. 3-19
561
OF GEOMETRY
XXIV. REVIVAL ;
PAPPUS OF ALEXANDRIA
XXIV. REVIVAL OF GEOMETRY:
PAPPUS OF ALEXANDRIA
,7€€
(a)
Suidas,
^AXe^avSpevs, ,,^
General
8.V.
€,,
QeoSoatov
&€ '€, 6 els
^OveipoKpLTiKa.
Tovs €V
€€ ,
(b) Problems and Theorems
,^,
Oi
€
€v
Yiavhpoalov,
,
. , ,
, '
Kokeiv €0'
iv
8, 6
e?vat
,, / ,,
, ^
,.
],^ \
rj /^^/
.
^
?
* . . . cm. Hultsch.
with the
(Tetrabiblos or Quadripartitum) which
was in four books but on which Pappus did not comment,
{Syntaxis or Almagest), which
was the subject of a commentary by Pappus but extended to
566
REVIVAL OF GEOMETRY : PAPPUS
Ptolemy's Great Collection,'* The Rivers of Libya, On
the Interpretation of Dreams.
etj
.
8 . 8€
re
anoSet^etg rtva?
/cat iv
, '
iv
^
*
. 6
*
,^
Ibid. iii. 11. 28, ed. Hultsch 68. 17-70. 8
To
Tt?
*
, ,
,
'
'^
," ,,
, ,
exhibiting the three means in a semicircle. Describ-
ing a semicircle with centre E, and taking any
to ,
point on and from it drawing
and joining EB, and from
perpendicular
drawing
perpendicular to it, he claimed simply that the three
means had been set out in the semicircle, being
the arithmetic mean, the geometric mean and
BZ the harmonic mean.
A
That is a mean between , in geometrical
569
],^, ,
rfj
€V rfj
^^]
€
GREEK MATHEMATICS
^. ,
€,,,, , , , . Se
, , , -
TovTeaTLV
8e icrrlv
€€
,
,€€]
.-
"
,, ioTiv
iv }
*
-
, . ,at
(d)
8e at
/cat jLtta
"
To
Ibid. iii. 24. 58, ed. Hultsch 104. 14^106. 9
8.
570
REVIVAL OF GEOMETRY : PAPPUS
proportion,
proportion,
and
is clear.
between
For
, in arithmetical
and
:
:
=
= ( , ()
:
- AE)
[Eucl.
:
iii.
-
31, vi. 8 Por.
= (-)•.(-).
But how ZB a harmonic mean, or between what
is
he did not say, but only that it is a
kind of lines,
third proportional to EB,
EB, , ,
not knowing that from
BZ, which are in geometrical proportion,
the harmonic mean is formed. For it will be proved
by me later that a harmonic proportion can thus be
formed
greater extreme
mean term
lesser extreme
=
=
2 +3
= 2EB
+ BZ,
+ BZ."
+BZ,
,,
• It is Pappus, in fact, who seems to have erred, for BZ is
a harmonic mean between
: (*:, .
as can thus be proved
Since is a right-angled triangle in which is per-
pendicular to BE,
=
t.*.,
But
U.,
( BZ BE =
.+
-
.
( )) =2((-):(-),
=
=
=
=
.
+ );
-
.
),
and .•.
The
is
three
,.
a harmonic mean between
means and the several extremes have thus been
571
€
€ ,,
GREEK MATHEMATICS
,
,,
^.
'.
rfj
TTys
,
8
€
8 €(
?
at
elaiv,
^
,
evros"
ij ^
''
at
retVeiv,
oTt ,etcvut ^,
elaiv.
lOiXoi -
. . .
.
(e) The Regular Solids
," ^ .,€
Et?
Ibid.
ev ^.
iii. 40. 75, ed. Hultsch 132. 1-11
, \
6
€€
572
REVIVAL OF GEOMETRY : PAPPUS
angle right, and let be drawn, and let be
placed equal to AB, then if EA be bisected at Z, and
be joined, to show that the sum of the two sides
, ZI' within the triangle, is greater than the sum
of the two sides BA, without the triangle.
And For
since
it is
+>,
obvious.
+>,, [Eucl. i. 20
i.e.,
while
i.e.,]
[ +
+>+. + -=
+
. . .
^€-, ^ rrj
,,
^•^ rrj
8
rfj
,4 earai
BE.
,
(J^ Extension of Pythagoras 's Theorem
,,
em
*
574
,
,
,
,
/cat
yiVerai
^,
Ihid. iv. 1. 1, ed. Hultsch 176. 9-178. 13
^ ,
REVIVAL OF GEOMETRY : PAPPUS
circle a chord parallel to the diameter and equal
to a given straight line not greater than the diameter
.
Let be placed equal to half of the given straight
line, and let be drawn perpendicular to the dia-
meter , and let BZ be drawn parallel to ; then
shall this line be equal to the given straight line.
, ZH
If be a triangle, and on AB,
be produced to , and
,, there be
rfj ,. iv
,
€ ,
.€ ,,,€
,
€€€€
€ €€
)
., evret
elaiv
, ,€
,
at
at
,,
etatv
~
€
*
iv
€
,
.
576
€(
eVet
REVIVAL OF GEOMETRY
parallelograms , : PAPPUS
are together equal to
577
),
AB iv ?
GREEK MATHEMATICS
?,
iariv {i-ni
?
re
? , ), ev
,
^€^
ioTtv.
ioTtv
,
€, , ev
,
.
€ ioTLV
/cat '
SeSeiyjueVot;,
iv
1€
(g) Circles Inscribed in
Ibid. iv. 14. 19, ed.
€V
the
Hultsch 208. 9-21
'
678
,,,
, -
els
,
REVIVAL OF GEOMETRY PAPPUS
;
:
,
parallelograms , therefore the
,
of the angles
that
in the angle ,
is,
,.
to the parallelogram contained
which
And
is equal to the
Let tuZF be
€ ^
,,,•
'-, , ,?
Kevrpov Kaderov
--
TTepl
ctti
hel^ai
'
'^ rfj
.
e^TJg
^ * ^ 8€
/,
() Spiral on a Sphere
, ^*
,
" , .
-
/LtioE?
8
' ,
Ibid. iv. 35. 53-56, ed. Hultsch 264. 3-268. 21
() Spiral on a Sphere *
of
* After leaving the
Book iv.
.
let the quadrant of a great circle be
Pappus devotes the remainder
to solutions of the problems of doubling theoube,
squaring the circle and trisecting an angle. This part has
been frequently cited already {v. vol. i. pp. 298-309, 336-363).
His treatment of the spiral is noteworthy because his method
of proof is often markedly diiferent from that of Archimedes
and in the course of it he makes this interesting digression.
* Some such addition is necessary, as Commandinus,
Chasles and Hultsch realized,
581
€ €^ € ,
GREEK MATHEMATICS
? , <€-
,
cttI Be
4' ioTiv ,
€77*
h-q €7
iirl
*-
eAi/ca,
8 , -,
¥• 6
/^ .-,
.
,
6
582
REVIVAL OF GEOMETRY : PAPPUS
described, and, remaining stationary, let the arc
revolve about the surface in the direction A,
and again return to the same place, and [in the same
time] let a point on it move from
segment
For let
.
the same ratio as the sector bears to the
,", ^
.
,
/^/.
, , •
,
6
at
- ^^
• 8
Tjj .
., ON,
,-
ij €7€ OVV
eoriv , '
,
,
,
-
. ,
'^
, 6
,
6
2
sector
= |2)
(for
I
angle AAr = 2.angle
say, then, that the ratio of the afore-
and
.
;
same ratio as
the sector
to ^ or ^**
to 2
hemisphere bears to the surface of the segment the
therefore
on the surface [of the sphere] bears
^,
to the same ratio as the sector
plane] bears to the sector . [in the
Similarly we may
show that all the sectors [on the surface of] the hemi-
*
angle
For arc ZA:arc
ZrA = i.angle ,ZE = angle
and angle
angle
:
= -. angle
.
But
"
hemisphere bears to the surface of the segment the ratio
: 0».
585
7€€
,, €
eiatv
GREEK MATHEMATICS
irepl
,,6€
iv
,
Loot
, - '
6
/-^/,
,
, , , ,- 6
- 6
{
,.
),
This would be proved by the method of exhaustion. It
"
of radius
is one-quarter of the circle of radius .
[Archim. De sph. et cyl. i. 33] and the sector
" For the surface between the spiral and the base of the
,
hemisphere is equal to the surface of the hemisphere less the
surface cut off from the spiral in the direction
i.e. Surface in question = surface
=8 sector
of hemisphere -
8 segment
- 8 segment
,
58a
REVIVAL OF GEOMETRY PAPPUS
,
:
,
as the sectors in equal to ,
the same ratio
that is the whole
sector
segment similar to .
bear to the sectors described about the
In the same manner
it may be shown that the surface of the hemisphere
sector ,
surface cut off by the spiral the same ratio as the
the segment
that is the quadrant
.<*
bears to
From this it may be deduced
,
that the surface cut off from the spiral in the direction
of the arc is eight times the segment (since
the surface of the hemisphere is eight times the
sector ),* while the surface between the spiral
triangle ,
and the base of the hemisphere is eight times the
that is, it is equal to the square on
the diameter of the sphere."
=8 triangle -
=4*
= (2)«,
and 2 is the diameter of the sphere.
Heath {H.G.M. ii. 384-385) gives for this elegant proposi-
tion an analytical equivalent, which I have adapted to the
Greek lettering. If p, are the spherical co-ordinates of
with reference to as pole and the arc as polar axis,
the equation of the spiral is = 4p. If A
is the area of the
spiral to be measured, and the radius of the sphere is taken
as unity, we have as the element of area
dA = { 1 - cos p) = 4d/)( 1 - cos p).
587
GREEK MATHEMATICS
({) ISOPERIMETRIC FiGURES
,4€ .,
Ibid, v., Praef. 1-3, ed. Hultsch 304. 5-308. 5
/cat ewoiav
e5a>/cev,
€
€
-
.
- ,
.
-
,
, ,
4-dp{l - cos )
-\:
=27-4.
surface of hemisphere 2
to
• The whole of Book v.
isoperimetry. The first
_ segment
"sector *
in Pappus's Collection is devoted
section follows closely the exposi-
tion of Zenodorus as given by Theon {v. supra, pp. 386-395),
588
REVIVAL OF GEOMETRY : PAPPUS
(i) ISOPERIMETRIC FiGURES "
589
.,
^
GREEK MATHEMATICS
€€ € ' ^
,
irepav
e/c
€ .
?
7. € € et?
7/^.
€ ' ,^, -
'
€
€
€€
.,
he.
'
^-
€ [^ -
.
,
, ,, -
',].^
[],*
?
,
590
'
ycoviai
•
REVIVAL OF GEOMETRY : PAPPUS
ambrosia in this form, they do not think it proper to
pour it carelessly into earth or wood or any other
unseemly and irregular material, but, collecting the
fairest parts of the sweetest flowers growing on the
earth, from them they prepare for the reception of
the honey the vessels called honeycombs, [with cells]
all equal, similar and adjacent, and hexagonal in form.
'8 ywrtat
' iarlv
.
),
'),{ -
'
8e
yiovtai
,,
jLtta?
hr)
6
, ,/.
at /* --
, . ,-
'
.
,
6
(J)
Apparent Form of a Circle
" ,
Ibid. vi. 48. 90-91, ed. Hultsch 580. 12-27
,
-
592
REVIVAL OF GEOMETRY : PAPPUS
as each angle is 1 J . right angle), and four angles are
greater than four right angles. Nor can three hepta-
gons be placed about the same point so as to have
their sides adjacent to each other ; for three angles
of a heptagon are greater than four right angles
(inasmuch as each is 1|^ right angle). And the same
.
,€ ^? ?
'" € .
F
Trepti^epetav -.
yap at
evdelai
/ , ,8€
, , ., ,
/cat
at
at /cat
ou
59^
REVIVAL OF GEOMETRY : PAPPUS
I say that, if the eye be placed on EZ, the diameters
of the circle appear equal."
,
two diameters
be joined.
, be drawn, and
Since the three straight
let
^. iaTLV
€€ at
/cat .
,
(k) The " Treasury of Analysis "
^ .,
Ibid, vii.,
*0
?
',^
€€€
€ //
ianv
€€ - ev
,
1€ 7€€,
els
Se re
" •? . /cat
,
^ ,
8
yap
-
. Tjj
, * . Hultsch.
[evTau^a]* --
596
REVIVAL OF GEOMETRY : PAPPUS
lines EA, , EZ are equal,
And by the same
therefore the angle
is
is
right.
right
equal.
; therefore the diameters
Similarly we may show that
,
reasoning the angle
all
appear
are equal.
. ,
els
- '
8
\'\^
,. ,^,,
, .^
,
,
^
8 , ,^ ,
.. ,,
,
, ,
598
,
,
/
* Xiyeiv
, *7>
om. Hultsch.
8,
8, *
,
REVIVAL OF GEOMETRY : PAPPUS
order as consequents what were formerly antecedents
and linking them one with another, we finally arrive
at the construction of what was sought ; and this we
call synthesis.
Now analysis is of two kinds, one, whose object is
to seek the truth, being called theoretical, and the
other, whose object is to find something set for find-
ing, being called problematical. In the theoretical
kind we suppose the subject of the inquiry to exist
and to be true, and then we pass through its con-
sequences in order, as though they also were true and
established by our hypothesis, to something which is
admitted ; then, if that Avhich is admitted be true,
that which is sought will also be true, and the proof
will be the reverse of the analysis, but if we come
upon something admitted to be false, that which is
sought will also be false. In the problematical kind
we suppose that which is set as already known, and
then we pass through its consequences in order, as
though they Avere true, up to something admitted ;
699
,* . , GREEK MATHEMATICS
Tjf arepecov Trevrc,
^7€ ^, ,
Jlcpl ytVerai
7€ *, , ~
ras *
€
. -^ iv ttj
^, -
Jhid. vii. 38-40, ed. Hultsch 680. 2-SO
€
ycDvtat?,
€€
^
€^ iv
^
, -, ,
" ^
,
88.
*'
, 8
^^
. .
, €€€
,
€€€
67
8
iavrois
€.
-
tivos
?,
/? "^
, ,
,,
6
<} , ,
•,
,
,
602
,,
REVIVAL OF GEOMETRY : PAPPUS
than three dimensions. It is true that some recent
writers have agreed among themselves to use such
expressions,* but they have no clear meaning when
they multiply the rectangle contained by these
straight lines with the square on that or the rectangle
contained by those. They might, however, have
expressed such matters by means of the composition
of ratios, and have given a general proof both for
the aforesaid propositions and for further proposi-
tions after this manner : If from any point straight
lines be draivn to meet at given angles straight lines
given in position, and there he given the ratio com-
pounded of that which one straight line so drawn bears
to another, that which a second bears to a second, that
which a third hears to a third, and that which the fourth
—
hears to a given straight line if there he seven, or, if there
he eight, that which the fourth hears to the fourth the —
point will lie on a curve given in position and similarly, ',
* * *
Pi ' P4
where is a constant, the point will lie on a curve given in
position. This will also be true if is even and
^
(m) Anticipation op Guldin's
lUd.
ol
vii.
rrjs
, €-ert
. . .
,-8
,, ,,.
6
,
-
6
*
Ibid. vii. 41-42, ed. Hultsch 680. 30-682. 20
,
» ,^
^^/ /,
,
€ 8€
Ibid. vii. 115, ed. Hultsch, Prop. 61, 756. 28-760. 4
iav
, ,,
,
BE ,
6
606
REVIVAL OF GEOMETRY : PAPPUS
cally one, include a large number of theorems of all
. = 2 .
2, then the ratio AE . : BE .
line .
' It is left to be imderstood tnat they are in one straight
607
, €
GREEK MATHEMATICS
• otl 6 iarw
€€€
84 TTpos
,
fj
,. €
, ., €7ret
,
, BE
, ,,. , • BE
fcat
, 8 -
, *
. 8
8
,
, , • ,
, ,. .
fj 8
, '
,, 8
, , ,' •
,
, ,, . HE,
BE,
= ,; BE,
6
equal to 2
singuhr and a minimum
:
and I say that this ratio is
(^
- VAB )2.
Let a circle be described about
.
,
be drawn perpendicular [to Then since ].
AB . = BE2 [ex hyp.
. ^,
2:2 = 2:2,
: :
i.e.,
Therefore Z, E,
ZEH, and
lie on a straight
be produced to
let
: :. =
and let
[Eucl. X. S3,
Let it be
be ,
line.*
Lemma
[Lemma
.
pendicular to
. 19]
it.
= 2,
=
Then by the lemma just proved
2;
[on taking the roots and] subtracting,
[ZK] = = - . .
Let be drawn through the centre, and be
,
let
joined. Then since the right angle Z9A = the
right
angle
: ]
and the angle at
[,
A = the angle at H,
i.e., : 2:2
:,
therefore the triangles
:;2:2
=
=
=
.:.6
are equiangular ;
=
= .:.. [Eucl. iii. 35
And [therefore] the ratio AE . : BE . is
609
^ ,
8€
GREEK MATHEMATICS
€ , \€,
vnepexei
rj Be
€€
fj
€€ 6
]/
€€€
6
, ,,
fj
onep '.'^
, ,, 8e
610
, ,, ., •
REVIVAL OF GEOMETRY : PAPPUS
singular and a minimum, while [, as proved above,]
AB
Let
. -
through the points
. :
, H,
be a
. EZ
figure,»
is
[I say]
and
a straight line.
let AZ
that the line
. :
,*€
, ,
, ioTiv
, ,, , ioTLV
,
' , ,,. -
, . '?
8e
• ? ? ? 6
? ,? ^ ,?
KM ,HE* ,,.
?
, 5 ayayo»
,
?? ,
6 HE 6 ?
?, ? ??
• 6 6
(^ ,), yap
,,
,,
" It is not perhaps obvious, but is easily proved, and is in
fact proved by Pappus in the course of iv. 21, ed. Hultsch 212.
4-13, by drawing an auxiliary parallelogram.
* Conversely, if be any quadrilateral, and any
612
REVIVAL OF GEOMETRY : PAPPUS
Since AZ . : AB . = AZ . : . EZ,
permutando
AZ . : AZ . = AB . : . EZ,
i.e., : = AB . : . EZ.
But, KM be drawn through parallel to AZ,
if
(KM
:
: ),
and
AB .
ratios
EZ = (BA
BA :
: ) (NK.
and
: ZE).
: KM be elimi-
nated ;
».<?.,
:
:
ZE =
ZE =
(
() :
:
KN) (KM ),
.
(KH HE)
.
:
:
;
H, be a straight line. ,
:
then shall the line through
For if through I draw E^ parallel to
be joined and produced to *=,,
and if ,
and
and since
S,
()(
a straight Une (for this
is
:
is
.
parallel
: ;?) =
:
= •.
^?,
= :;7,
*H , tckvov
€V
', -
Ibid, vui., Praef. 1-3, ed. Hultsch 1022. 3-1028.
|•
3
, /^/
, -
-
, . '
^? -
"
, ^/? ',
ev
-
.
€€0
'
, {
),,
€ , xpeiacs.
?' iv
re
[--
),€€ 4 -
be
)
{€
*
,
, ", ,,,
- "/
Be
(e/c
//^,
",
^, -
-
*
*
... .€$
'
om. Hultsch.
*
Museum
* V.
•*
8 ,
Belopoeica, ed. Schneider 84. 12, Greek Papyri in the British
iii. (ed. Kcnyon and Bell) 1164 n. 8.
' ? ^
. € -
,
*
cov
, ^^'.€ ?-
Sk
€7€4 *
8' iv
., ,
ttj
6 iv
/ €€,
€-
€?.
? ? ?8?
6
?•
?
, ? [ ,-
;^?
618
'
iroielv cm. Hiiltsch.
^
],'
• ^^'^ • t . » om.
*
-
Hultsch.
REVIVAL OF GEOMETRY : PAPPUS
science of sun-dials ; (5) they also describe as mechan-
icians the makers of spheres, who know how to make
models of the heavens, using the uniform circular
motion of water.
Archimedes of Syracuse is acknowledged by some
to have understood the cause and reason of all these
arts ;for he alone applied his versatile mind and
inventive genius to all the purposes of ordinary life, as
Geminus the mathematician says in his book On the
Classification of Mathematics.'^ Carpus of Antioch ''
620
REVIVAL OF GEOMETRY : PAPPUS
advancing those arts, appropriately honoured and
adorned by them.*
they serve to illustrate the continuity of Greek influence in
the intellectual life of Europe. But, after Pappus, these
works mainly take the form of comment on the classical
treatises. Some, such as those of Proclus, Theon of Alex-
andria, and Eutocius of Ascalon have often been cited
already, and others have been mentioned in the notes.
OSl
INDEX
This index does not ineltids references to critical notei rwr to authort
cited, for which the separate catalogue should be consulted. Eeference$
to vol. i. are cited by the page only, those to vol. ii. by volume and page.
The abbreviations "incl."=" including" and " esp." =" especially"
are occasionally used.
623
INDEX
areas, ii. 309 n. ; assigned, ii. 349 ; re-
first to have recog- storation by Samuel
nized two branches of Horsley, ii. 347 n. a
hyperbola, ii. 329 n. a; On the Dodecahedron and
focus - directrix pro- the Icosahedron, ii. 349
perty not used, 495 General Treatise, ii. 349-
n. a, ii, 281 n. a 351 (incl. n. a)
On the Cutting-off of a On the Cochlias, ii. 351 ;
624
INDEX
Approximations to it, 321- 101 n. a, ii. 109 n. a ;
333 (incl. n. a), ii. 353 equivalence to inte-
Archibald, R. C, his gration, ii. 41 n. o, ii.
Euclid's Book on Divisions 117 n. 6; problem
of Figures, 157 n, c leading to solution of
Archimedes cubic equation, ii.
Life A Syracusan, ii. 19 ;
: 127-1G3 (incl. n. a) ;
625
INDEX
Quadrature of a Para- Greek text by Hei-
bola, ii. 229-243 pre- ; berg, ii. 242 n. a;
fatory letter to Dosi- William of Moer-
theus, ii. 229-233 beke's Latin transla-
first (mechanical) tion, ii. 242 n. o;
proof of area of para- postulates, ii. 243-
bolic segment, ii. 233- 245 ; surface of fluid
239 ; equivalence to at rest, ii. 245-249
integrations, ii. 239 loss of weight of solid
n. 6; second (geo- immersed in a fluid-
metrical) proof, ii. 239- " Archimedes' prin-
243 otherwise men-
; ciple," ii. 249-251 ;
,
critus credit for find- regular solids, 21 7 n.o,
ing volume of cone ii. 195-197 (incl. n. b)
6£
INDEX
Pappus's tribute to his the squaring of the circle,
ii. 619
versatility, his ; 309 and n. a
method of evaluating Aristotle use of term mathe-
:
logistic,7 and n. a, -
ii. ;
9 (incl. n. b) ; Greek
continued fractions (?), ii. arithmetical notation
15 and n. b and the chief arith-
Aristophanes t reference to metical operations, 4 1-63
627
INDEX
Pythagorean arithmetic tolius and Geminus, 19
first principles, 67-71 ; and n. b ; Isocrates' views,
classincation of num- 29 ; work
of Thales, 147
bers, 73-75 ; perfect n. of Pythagoras, 149
;
629
INDEX
Circle i doxus's theory of, 411-
Division into degrees, ii. 415
395-397 Conchoid, 297, 301 n. a;
Squaring of the circle used by Nicomedes to
Anaxagoras's work in trisect an angle, 297-309
Erison, 309 a reference
; Cone double cone defined
:
630
INDEX
ii. 253, ii. 255 ; relation by Pappus, ii. 575 n. a;
of Apollonius's treatise to duplication of cube —
previous works, ii. 277- task set to Delians and
281 scope of his treatise,
; Plato's advice sought, 257 ;
ii. 281-285 definitions, ii.
; a poetic version, 257-259 ;
285-289 construction of
; reduced to finding of two
the sections, ii. 289-305 ; mean proportionals, 259 ;
fundamental properties, ii. collection of solutions by
305-329 ; meaning of dia- Eutocius, 263 n. ; by
meter, 287 ; ordinat.es,
ii. Pappus, ii. 581 n. 6
ii. 289 ; conjugate dia- Cube root: » V^OO found by
meters, ii. 289 ; transition Heron, 61-63j Heron's
to new diameter, ii. 329-
value for 3y'97050, 63 n. a;
335 ; principle axes, ii. 289 approximations by Philon
and n. a, ii. 331 n. ; con-
of Byzantium, 63 n.
jugate axes, ii. 289 ; op-
Cubic equations : c.e. arising
posite branches of hyper-
out of Archimedes' D*
bola, ii. 323-329 (incl. n. a);
Sph. et Cyl., ii. 133 n. d ;
basis of Apollonius's treat-
solved by Archimedes
ment the application of by use of conies, ii.
areas, ii. 309 " figure '
; .
13'59 (esp. 141 n. o)
of a conic section, ii. 317 n.
also byDionysodorus and
; latus rectum, ii. 309
Diocles, ii. 163 n. ;
and 317 and n. a ;
n. a, ii.
Archimedes able to find
transverse side, ii. 317 and
real roots of general cubic,
n. ; Cartesian equiva-
ii. 163 n. ; cubic equa-
lents, 283 n. a, ii. 323 n.
tion solved by Diophantus,
a use of conic sections to
;
631
INDEX
Heron'sd.,ii. 4-67-471 Dio-
; ii. 364 n. a ; his solution of
6S2
INDEX
Dodecahedron one of the
: ii. 261 and n. a ; his work
233
five regular sohds, 217, On Means included in the
and n. 6 Hippasus said to
; Treasury of Analysis, ii.
have been drowned for re- 263 and n. d ; discussed
vealing it, 223-225 com- ; loci with reference to means,
parison with the icosa- ii. 263 n. d, ii. 265 and n. a;
633
INDEX
studied mathematics for tion, 481-483 ; de-
monetary gain, 437 velopments in theory
Works of conies, 487 n. ;
684
INDEX
157 c ; .
similarity Euclid's genius in making
of Book iii. of Heron's it a postulate, 443 n. c, ii.
6S5
INDEX
Eugenius Siculus, Admiral, Geometric mean : v. Means
translated Ptolemy's Optics Geometry origins of, 145
:
636
INDEX
ii. 351 ., 357ii., . Helicon of Cyzicus, 263 n. 6
ii. 371 . c, 407 . ,
ii. Hendecagon, ii. 409 n.
ii. 467 .,
ii. 489 . , Heraclides of Pontus, ii. 5n,b
. 525 . b,
ii. 587 . c, Hermodorus, correspondent
ii. 589 .,
ii. 605 6 . of Pappus, ii. 597
Manual of Greek Mathe- Hermotimus of Colophon,
matics, 181 . 153 and n. e
The Thirteen Books of Herodotus, on the abacus, 35
Euclid's Elements, 67 Heron of Alexandria
n. a, 71 n. 6, 85 n. a, 155 Life : his date a disputed
n. b, 159 n. b, 167 n. 6, question, ii. 467 n. a ;
181 n. o, 195 n. a, 211 described as " the father
n. a, 215 n. a, 437 nn. of the turbine," ii. 467
and c, 441 n. o, 447 n. o, n.
457 n. a, ii. 367 n. Works, ii.467 n. :
637
INDEX
485 ; similarity be- solution of the problem
tween Book iii. and of mean propor-
two
Euclid's book On 267-271 ; pos-
tionals,
Divisions of Figures, sible censure by Pappus,
ii. 485 n. extrac- 603 and n.
; ii. ; on
tion of a3 y'lOO, 60- branches of mechanics,
63 ; Archimedes' ap- ii. 615
638
INDEX
problem of finding two " bloom " of Thymaridas,
mean proportionals, 253, 139 n. ; on a property of
259 ; possibly able to the pythmen, 109 n. a
solve a quadratic equa- Icosahedron, 221 and n. ««
tion, 245 n. ; discovered ii. 349
639
INDEX
Keil, 43 . 6 Loria, G. : his Le scienz4
Kepler, his investigation of esatte nelV antica Grecia,
semi - regular solids, ii. 47 n. a, 109 n. a, 139 n. 6,
197 n. 6; on planets, 411 n.h 271 n.
Koppa, used as numeral, 43 Lucian, 91 n.
Kubitschek, 35 n. b
Mamercus, 147 n. 6
Laird, A. G., on Plato's Marinus, his commentary on
nuptial number, 399 n. b Euclid's Data, ii. 349, ii.
Larfeld, W., on Greek alpha- 565
bet, 42 n. Mathematics, meaning of the
Lemmas Pappus's collec-
: term, 3, 401 n.
tion, 607 (incl. n, b) -613,
ii. Means three Pythagorean
—
:
640
INDEX
powers,ii. 489 n. a ; Archi- Meton, 309 and n. a
medes' mechanical inven- Metrodorus, ii. 513 n. a
tions, ii. 19-31 ; movement Minus, Uiophantus's sign
of larger weight by smaller for, ii. 525
by use of engaging wheels, Moeris, 175
489-497
ii. Plato's dislike
: Multiplication in Greek
of mechanical solutions, mathematics, 48 ; Apol-
263 n. 6 ; Archimedes' pre- lonius's continued multi-
ference for theoretical plications, ii. 353-357
mathematics, ii. 31, ii. Music : theoretical music
619 ; pseudo-Aristotelian (canonic) included by
Mechanics, 431-433 ; Ar- Greeks in mathematics, x,
chimedes' On Plane Equi- 3 n. b, 19 n. full discus-
;
64>1
INDEX
Nicomedes : date, 297 n. c ; Optics : Euclid's treatise,
his conchoid and its use for 157 n. 503 n. 6 ; his
c,
finding two mean propor- theorem about apparent
tionals, 297-309 sizes of equal magnitudes,
Nix, L., ii. 285 n. a 503-505 ; Ptolemy's treat-
Number :defined by Euclid, ise, ii. 41 1 and n. a, ii. 503
67 ; by Nicomachus, 73 ;
n. a ; Heron's treatise, ii.
fundamental concepts, 67- 503 n. his proof of
;
71 Plato on nature of
; equality of angles of in-
number, 7 his nuptial
; cidence and reflection,
number, 899; on genera- ii. 497 - 503 ; Damianus's
tion of numbers, 401-405 ; treatise, ii. 497 n. a
odd and even numbers,
67-69, 101, 391 prime ; Pamphila, 167-169 (incl.
numbers, 69, 87 n. a, 101- n. a)
103; classification of num- Pappus of Alexandria :
,
: v. of Pythagoras's theo-
Number rem, ii. 575-579
Oenopides of Chios, 149 and circles inscribed in the
n. c ii. 579-581
Olympiodorus, proof of duplication of the
equality of angles of inci- cube, 299-309 squar- ;
642
INDEX
sphere, ii. 581-587 Pebbles, used for calculating,
trisection of an angle, 35
347-363 ; isoperimet- Pentagon, regular, 223 n. h
ric figures, 589-593 ii. Pentagram, Pji;hagorean
apparent form of a figure, 225 and n. 6
circle, ii. 593-597 ; " Perfect" numbers, 71,75-87
**
Treasury of Analy- Perseus: life, ii. 365 n. a;
sis," ii. 597, ii. 599- discovered spiric curves, ii.
60l,479n. a, 481 n. c, 363-S65
491 n. c, ii. 2(J3, ii. 337; Phenomena of Eudoxus and
on tile works of Apol- Aratus, ii. 407 n. ; for
lonius, 337-347,
ii. Euclid's Phenomena, v.
487-489; locus with Euclid Works :
Planisphaerium: v. Ptolemy
Commentary on Pto- Plato :his inscription over
lemy's Syntaxis, 48, the doors of the Academy,
ii. 409 n. , ii. 565-567, 387 and n. 6 ; his belief
ii. 617 n.d that " God is for ever play-
Commentary on Euclid's ing the geometer," 387 ;
Elements, ii. 65 . , his dislike of mechanical
457 . constructions, 263 n. b,
Commentary on Ana- 389 ; his identification of
lemma of Diodorus, the Good with the One,
301, 565 n.
ii. 389 ; his philosophy of
Other works, ii. 565 mathematics, 391-393 ; the
(incl. n. o), 567 problem in the Meno, 395-
Paradoxes of Erycinus, ii. 397 the Nuptial Number
;
643
INDEX
two mean proportionals, Posidonius : life and works,
263-267 ; his application of ii. 371 n. ; on the size of
analysis to theorems about the earth, his definition of
" the section," 153andn. o; parallels, ii. 371-373
his knowledge of side- and Postulates: v. Axioms and
diameter-numbers, 137 n. postulates
a, 399 n. c ; his formula Prime numbers v. Number :
644
INDEX
Ptolemies : Euergetes I, 257 members called mathe-
and n. a, 261 and n. c ;
ii. maticians, 3 n. d ; Ar-
Philopator, 257 n. a, 297 ; chytas a Pythagorean,
Epiphanes, ii. 261 and n. d 5 ; Pythagorean quadri-
Ptolemy, Claudius life and : vium, 5 and n. 6, 7 n. ;
works, ii. 409 and n. b ; his stereometrical investiga-
work Oil Balancings, ii. tions, 7 n. ; declared
411 ; his Optics, ii. 411 harmony and astronomy
and n, a, ii. 503 n. ; to be sister sciences, 17
his book On Dimension, and n. 6 ; how geo-
ii. 411-413; his Syntaxis metry was divulged, 2 1
(Great Collection, Alma- views on monad and
.
gest), 409 and n. 6;
ii. undetermined dyad, 173;
commentaries by Pappus their motto, 175-177
and Theon, 48 and n. a, ii. Pythagorean arithmetic
409 n. 6, ii. 565-567, ii. 621 firstprinciples, 67-71 ;
n. a his construction of a
; classification of num-
table of sines, ii. 413-445; bers, 73 - 75 ; perfect
his Planisphaerium, ii. 565 numbers, 75-83 figured ;
645
INDEX
tional, 215-217 ; the five 573-575 (esp. n. a) ; Eva
ii.
Sphaeric
ix, 259 n. a
Speusippus, 75-77, 81 n.
(geometry of
.
a and c, ii. 523 n. 6, ii. 537
Taylor, A. E., 23 n. 6, 27 n.
sphere), 5 and n. , 407 a . 6, 115 n. , 223 . c, 405
Sphaerica : work by Theo- . , 427 b .
dosius, ii. 407 n. ; by Tetrads, in Apollonius's sys-
Menelaus, ii. 407 n. a, ii. tem of enumeration, ii. 355
462 n. a n. a
Spiral : of Archimedes, ii. Tetrahedron (pyramid), 83,
183-195, on a sphere, ii. 217n.a, 221n.c, 379
581-587 Thales life, 147 n.
: ; Pro-
647
INDEX
at the base of an isosceles under Hadrian, ii. 401 and
triangle are equal, 165 n. a referred to as " the
;
648
INDEX
Ptolemy's terminology, ii. n. a ; use by Hippocrates
421 n. ; his construction of Chios, 245 by Pappus, ;
ii. 503 n. a
that tan : tan jS < , :
Kegelschnitten im Alter-
Unit, 67, 73, 89-91, ii. 469, tum, 493 n. 6, ii. 265 n.
ii. 515 a, ii. 281 n. a ; Oeschichte
Usener, 237 n. b der Mathematik, 245 n. a ;
otherwise mentioned, 381
Valckenaer, 259 n. a n. a, 505 n. a
Ver Eecke, Paul, ii. 19 n. a, Zodiac circle division into
:
649
LIST OF ANCIENT TEXTS
CITED
2%« figures in parentheses give the page or pages in this edition where the
passage is cited; in the case of vol. i. the reference to the volume is
omitted.
652
LIST OF ANCIENT TEXTS CITED
856) ; iii., Praef. 1 (ii, Tim. 31 B-32 (128-130),
566-568), ii. 9. 26 (266- 53 c-55 c (218-222)
270), iii. 11. 28 (ii. 568- Theaet. 147 d-148 (380-
570), iii. 18.48(124-126), 382)
iii. 23. 57 (126-128), iii. Leg. vii. 817 e-820 d (20-
24. 58 (ii. 570-572), iii. 26)
40. 75 (ii. 572-574) ; iv. Spin. 990 c-991 (400-
1. 1 (ii. 574-578), iv. 14. 404)
19 (ii. 578-580), iv. 26. Ep. vii. 342 a-343 (390-
39-28. 43 (298-308), iv. 394)
30. 45-32. 50 (336-316), Plutarch
iv. 35. 53-56 (ii. 580-586), Non posse suav. viv. see.
iv. 36. 57-59 (346-354), Epic. 11, 1094 (176)
iv. 38. 62 (354-356), iv. Quaest. Conv. viii. 2. 1
43.67-14.68(356-362); (386-388); viii. 2. 4,
v., Praef. 1-3 (ii. 588- 720 a (176)
592); vi. 48. 90-91 (ii. De Facie in Orbe Liinae 6,
592-596); vii., Praef. 1-3 922 F-923 A (ii, 4)
(ii. 596-600), vii. 3 (ii. Marcellus xiv. 7-xvii. 7,
336), vii. 5-6 (ii. 336-338), xLx. 4-6 (ii. 22-34)
vii. 7 (ii. 388), vii. 9 (ii. De Comm. Notit. 39. 3,
338-340), vii. 11 (ii. 340- 1079 (228)
342), vii. 13-20(480-484), Be Exil. 17, 607e, f (308)
vii. 21 (ii. 262-264), vii. 23 Polybius
(ii. 344), vii. 27-28 (ii. Histor. V. 26. 13 (36)
344-346), vii. 30-36 (486- Porphyry
488), vii. 312-316 (492- In Ptol. Harm., ed. Wallis,
502); viii., Praef. 1-3 Opera Math. iii. 267.
(ii. 614-620), viii. 11. 19 39-268. 9 ; Diels, Vors.
(ii. 34) i*. 334. 16-335. 13(112-
Philoiaus 114)
Ap. Stob. Eel. i., proem. Proclus
3 (216); 1. 21. 7c In Eucl. i., ed. Friedlein
(72) 64. 16-70. 18 (144-160),
Philoponus 74.23-24(ii. 350),84. 13-
In Aristot. Phys. A 2 23 (174-176), 105. 1-6
(234) (ii. 350), 157. 10-13
Plato (164), 176. 5-10 (ii. 370-
Meno 86 e-87 (394-396) 372), 212. 24-213. 11
?. 510 c-K (390)
vi. (252), 250. 22-251. 2
vii. 525 A-530 d (6-16) (164-166), 299. 1-5(166),
viii. 546 b-d (398) 301. 21-302. 13 (478-
653
LIST OF ANCIENT TEXTS CITED
480), 352. 14-18 (166), In Aristot. Phys. A 2, 185 a
362. 12-363. 18 (ii. 372- 14 (312-314, 234-252)
374), 365. 5-367. 27 (ii. In Aristot. Cat. 7 (334)
?
374-382), 371. 23-373. 2 Stobaeus
(ii. 382-384), 379. 2-16 Eel. i., proem. 3 (216); i.
(176-178), 394. 16-395.2 21. 7c (72); ii. 31. 114
/?©
(490-492), 419. 15-420. (436)
12 (186-188), 422. 24- Suidas
423. 5 (316), 426. 6-14
(184), 428. 7-429. 8 (90-
94), 429. 9-15 (184)
In Plat. Remp., ed. KroU
ii. 27. 11-22 (136-138)
?
s.vv.
262),
(ii.
(ii.
(ii.
408)
260-
(378),
564 - 566),
Psellus, Michael
Themistius
A Letter, Dioph. ed. Tan-
In Aristot. Phys. A
nery ii. 38. 22-39. 1 (ii. 2,
185 a 14 (310-312)
514)
Ptolemy
Theon of Alexandria
In Ptol. Math. Syn. i. 3,
Math. Syn. i. 10-11 (ii. 412-
ed. Rome 354. 19-357.22
444), i. 13 (ii. 446-462)
(ii. 386-395); i. 10,
X. 1 (ii. 400)
451. 4-5 (ii. 406) ; i. 10,
453. 4-6 (ii. 514) ; i. 10,
Rhabdas, Nicolas
461. 1-462. 17 (50-52);
Ed. Tannery, Notices et
i. 10, 469. 16-473. 8 (52-
extraits, etc., xxxii. i.
4
INDEX OF GREEK TERMS
The purpose of this index is to give one or more typical examples of the
use of Greek mathematical terms occurring in these volumes. Non-
mathematical words, and the non-mathematical uses of words, are
ignored, except occasionally where they show derivatiin. Greek
mathematical terminology may be further studied in the Index
Graecitatis at the end of the third volume of Hultsch's edition 0}
Pappus and in Heath's notes and essays in his editions of Encliii,
Archimedes and Apollonius. References to vol. i. are by page alone, to
A few common abbreviations are used.
,
vol. ii. by volume and page.
Words s/iould be sought wider their principal part, but a few cross-
,
'Ayetv, to - ,,
references are given for Uie less obvious.
ۥ ,
draw ; evdeiav those who argue per im-
,,
to draw a possibile, 110 (Aristot.)
straight line, 442 (Eucl.)
.
, collection
a collec-
;
eav if
tangents be drawn, ii. tionmost skilfully framed,
64 (Archim.) ; 480(Papp.)
AK, let AK be ,
, Egyptian
dravm parallel, ii. 312 at .
45,
(Apollon.)
ignorant of
ov,
or unversed in geometry,
iv
(Schol. in Plat. Charm.)
16
?,
,(386 (Tzetzes)
indivisible,
ov, undivided,
366 (Aristot.)
ov, impossible, 394
(Plat.), ii.^ ^QQ (Papp.)
,
,
ii.
airetv,
506 (Heron)
to postulate, 442
(Eucl.), ii. 206 (Archim.)
arcs, , postulate,
420 (Aristot.), 440 (Eucl.),
,
iarlv a., often without ii. 366 (Procl.)
,
sequential, corresponding, fgure, ii. 604 (Papp.)
,
, ,
ii. 580 (Papp.) ; as subst., described
TO, consequence, by revolution
,
;
^
ii. 566 (Papp.) TO, figure generated by re-
adv., consistently, volution, ii. 604 (Papp.)
,
consequentially, in turn, to describe, con-
458 (EucL), ii. 384 struct, 180 (Eucl.), ii. 68
,,
(Procl.) (Archim.)
,
6v, eager to to bend back, incline,
hear ;as subst., ., 6, reflect (of light), ii. 496
hearer, exoteric member of
,
(Damian.)
Pythagorean school, 3 n. d
(Iambi.)
a repre-
sentation of the sphere of
,
,
^
ov, at
414 (Ptol.)
the farthest
the heavens on a plane,
analemma ; title of work
by Diodorus, 300 (Papp.)
,
end,
4 ,
(Cleom.) ;
extreme,
of extreme
terms in a proportion, 122
(Nicom.) . ;
, , ,
ratio, 472 (Eucl.), ii. 416 tion, 125 n. o; <7tn'€;^i7S .,
(Ptol.) continued proportion, 262
?, alternatively, 356 (Eutoc.)
,
,
(Papp.) adv., proportion-
irrational, 420
ov, ally, but nearly always
(Aristot.), 452 (Eucl.), 456 used 70
adjectivally,
, ,,
,, , , ,
, €
(Eucl.) ; St'
angled, -
, -
(Eucl.) ;
',
ov,
a.
.
by ir-
rational means, 388 (Plut.)
obtuse-
ii.
440
278
^
(Eucl.),
ii.
ury of
446 (Eucl.)
to solve by analysis,
160 (Archim.) ;
the Treas-
Analysis, often
,8 , ,
,
^
(Eutoc.)
€, , obtuse ;
often without
obtuse angle, 438 (Eucl.)
mutable ;
ov, unaltered, im-
298 (Eutoc.)
ov,
.
impracticable,
.
,
.
without
,
solution of
a problem by analytical
rnethods, analysis, ii. 596
(^'-'PP;)
158 (Procl.)
, ,
e.g.,
ii.
analytical,
596
656
INDEX OF GREEK TERMS
€]$,
,ment
(., ,
title
thenes,
.; Tlepl TTJs
of work
ii.272 (Heron)
adv., in a reverse
measure-
by Eratos-
, ,
,
,
converse, ii. 140 (Archim.
ap. Eutoc.)
tulate,
ovos,
ii.
, axiom, pos-
42 (Archim.)
6, axis ; of a cone,
direction transformation 286 (Apollon.) ; of any
^,
; ii.
,,
^
vertendo, 448 (Eucl.)
adv., inde-
pendently of proof, ii. 370
(Prod.)
convert
to a
ratio according to tlie rule
-
,
,
lon.) ; of a conic section,
282 (Eutoc.) ;
conjugate axes, ii. 288
(Apollon.)
daries,
ov,
.,
without
undefined,
boun-
,
of Eucl. V. Def. 16; ., ii. 522
,
lit. to one who (Dioph.)
^
,
466 (Eucl.) problem or theorem to
,
^
,
, conversion of a another, 252 (Procl.)
ratioaccording to the rule to make even ; ol
of Eucl. V. Def. 16, 448 fac-
^
(Eucl.) tors, ii. 506 (Heron)
ov, unperceived, in an infinite
imperceptible hence, number of ways, 572
,
; ii.
,
ii.
,
.
avioos, unequal, 444 aneipos, infinite as
,
ov, ov, ;
,
chim.) finite, 424 (Aristot.) ; els
,,
^
78 (Archim.)
to set
76 {Theol. Arith.)
ij,
to
up, erect,
reciprocity,
be
ii.
,
- ,
opposite,
definitely,
eV .,
tivally,
ii.
to infinity,
440 (Eucl.)
580 (Papp.)
adv. used adjec-
opposite at
in-
,,
;
,
114 (Nicom.) ; 444 (Eucl.)
opposite branches to be distant, 470
,
of a hyperbola, ii. 322 (Eucl.), ii. 6 (Aristarch.)
(Apollon.) , motionless, fixed,
torecipro-
be 2 (Archim.)
ii.
,
cally
(Nicom.)
proportional,
;
adv., reciprocally,
(Archim.)
,
114
ii.
conversion.
,, ,
208 , ,
ii.
,
without breadth,
436 (Eucl.)
, ov, contr.
simple;
360 (Procl.)
.
657
INDEX OF GREEK TERMS
, ,,
, ,.
simply, absolutely, 424) with negative sign, apo'
(Aristot.) generally, ii.
; ^
tome, 456 (Eucl.)
132 (Archim.) to fasten to; mid.,
simplifica- , to be in contact,
tion, explanation ; "A. eVt- meet, 438 (Eucl.), ii. 106
Explana-
, (Archim.)
,
tion of the Surface
Sphere,
Ptolemy,
frorii
.square
332
on
(Archim.);
;
,
title
ii.
),
of
408 (Suidas)
of a
work by
ttJj
the
the diameter,
- ,
,
,
therefore, used for the
steps
(Eucl.)^
in
6,
a proof, 180
semicircular knife
used by leather-workers, a
geometrical figure used by
Archimedes and Pappus,
square
(Eutoc.)
{sc.
anoheiKTiKos,
//?,
o7i
affording
proof, demonstrative, 420
, ,
, the
2G8
,
^
ii. 578 (Papp.)
to number, reckon,
enumerate, ii. 198 (Ar-
chim.), 90 (Luc.)
, >, of or for
reckoning or numbers
,
(Aristot.), 158 (Procl.)
^
,
proof, (Aristot.) ;
,
{sc. evSeta),
,
chim.), ii. 566 (Papp.) metic mean, ii. 568
to re-establish, (Papp.): a. 110
restore ; pass., to return (Iambi.)
an original position, ii.
^
, , that can be
,
to
1 82 (Archim.) counted, numbered, 16
to cut off; (Plat.)
,
,, 440 (Eucl.)
, difficulty,
nepi^epeta,
perplex-
, ,
66
,
,
(Eucl.)
number, 6
prime number, 68
;
(Plat.),
(Eixcl.)
.,
-;
,,. -
ity,
tion;
256 (Theon Smyr.)
interval,
Apollonius,
,
ii.
ii.
,
distance,
6 (Aristarch.)
cutting off, sec-
works by
598
SevTepoi,
(Scliol.
-
(Papp.) compound
; ir- in Plat. Charon.) ;
658
,
, denominator
INDEX OF GREEK TERMS
ro, fraction
is
whose
unknown
, fundamental
(Nicom.)
;
), -
.
,
, 90
,
[|], ii.
494 (Heron)
522 (Dioph.)
to fit together, ii.
, for an
tecture,
architect
{sc.
ii.
,
616 (Papp.)
;
of or
archi-
, ), - ,
musical scale,
, astronomy, 388
?,
),
octave, music, harmony, (Aristox.)
,
404 (Plat.) ; used to de- , astronomer,
note a square and a rect- 378 (Suidas)
angle, 398 (Plat.) , astronomy, 14
, ,
skilled in
, ,
(Plat.)
,
music, musical ; ov, incommensur-
{sc. mathe- 110 (Aris-
able, irrational,
matical theory of music, tot.),452 (Eucl.), ii. 214
,,
harmonic ; ij (Archim.)
harmonic mean, 1 12 ov, not falling in,
(Iambi.) non-secant, asymptotic, ii.
ber
,
),
,
adv.,
of times
number, 66 (Eucl.)
,
apriOTrXevpos,
an even num-
even-times
ov,
;
having an
o. aprios
even
374 (Procl.);
282 (Apollon.)
.
ov,
,
{sc.
asymptote, ii.
incomposite
.
.
360
even number
,
of sides ;
., ii. 88 (Ar-
. ,
(Procl.)
ov, unordered Ilepi ;
,
chim.) title of work
afnios, a, ov, complete, per-
,
fect ; .
ber, 66 (Eucl.)
,beginning or prin-
ciple of a proof or science,
even num-
, bv
(Procl.)
ated
Apollonius, ii
,
by
350
incomplete .
figures gener-
an incomplete
;
... .
604
,,
ov, mdtvistble',
rijs iXiKos, origin of the 424 (Aristot.)
spiral, ii. 182 ov, out of place,
,
fundamental
",
principal property
; . -
principal, absurd ;
is absurd, a favourite
conclusion to a piece of
which
,/,
^
Ion.), 338 (Papp.)
ov, sovereign.
premise, e.g. ii. 114 (Ar-
chim.)
659
€,
,
ply
jPlat.)
; rpls
INDEX OF GREEK TERMS
,
to increase, to multi-
398
, rj, land dividing,
mensuration, geodesy, 18
€€,
(Anatolius)
,
€
increase, dimension, to measure, to
,
,
10 (Plat.) practise geometry ael .
^^,
€€4
;
?, ,
,' increase, 386
€€, (Plat.)
,
^ ^
,
ov, self-acting; geometric surface, 292
work by
,
Heron,
title of
616
(Eutoc),
ii. geometric proof,
€,
,
(Papp.) ii. 228 (Archim.)
,
to cut off, take away, , , land
,
(Eutoc.)
straight lines ; point of , land measure-
contact of circles or of a ment, gecmietry, 256
straight line and a circle, (Theon Smyr.), 144
*,
,
ii. 64 (Archim.) (Procl.)^
iios, 6, Achilles, the
of Zeno's four argu-
, pertaining ,
first to geometry, geometrical,
ments on motion, 368 ii. 590 (Papp.), 298
,,
(Aristot.) (Eutoc.)
", ovs.
esp. in
Ion.
a
eos, , dlly, ii.
adv., geoinetric-
222 (Archim.)
treiffht, lever, ii. brought about ;
to be
5?06
of pulleys, ii. 490 (Heron)
TO centre
of gravity, ii. 208 (Ar-
,
(Archim.), or system
piece
be done, a
let it
formula used to open a
of analysis ; of
curves, to be generated, ii.
chim.)
), 468 (Heron) ; to be brought
,
lifting-screw
by Heron,
(sc.
invented by
Archimedes, title of work
ii. 489 n. a
,
, ,
about by multiplication,
,
i.e., the result (of the
multiplication)
(Heron) ;
is, ii. 480
,
«OS, base ; of a geo- the product, ii.
660
of a cone, ii. 304 (Apol-
lon.) of a segment of a
;
carpenter^»
616
INDEX OF GREEK TERMS
square pointer of a sun- be required Snep eSei
dial,
;
268 (Cleom.)
ii.
,
as gnomon, number added proved, the customary end-
to a figured number to get ing to a theorem, 184
5
, the next
(Iambi.)
number,
}},
.
98
curve, 436
line,
(often .
(Eucl.)
e6ei 8, , ;
ii,
610 (Papp.)
a regular
=
-
(Eucl.);
without .), straight line, decagon, ii. 196 (Archim.)
,
438 (Eucl.) ; eV os, ov, mani-
,,
rigorous proof by fest, clear, obvious ort
,
;
,
geometrical arguments, ii. ovv
412(Ptol.) 8, 192 (Archim.)
,
ii.
,
, ,
(Papp.) (Eucl.), 290 (Eutoc.)
describe,
to 442 , figure,
,
,
(Eucl.), 582 (Papp.), 298
ii.
ov, divided
discrete
(Eutoc.)
to
286(Apollon.)
proportion,
;
.
cut,
lit.
ii.
262
to
eal angle
,
., rectilin-
(formed by
straight lines), 438 (Eucl.)
-,
right, obtuse, acute angle,
440 (Eucl.)
., ,,,
ratio
according to Eucl.
ii. 130 (Archim.)
.
ij,
: b
division,
separation, 368 (Aristot.)
into
transformation of
a-b
v.
:b
15,
,,
AeiKvvvai, to prove ; SiSeiicrai
a ratio
(Eucl.)
dividendo, 448
,
proved,
SeiKTeov
to prove
(Archim.)
to
for this has been
ii. 220 (Archim.)
be necessary,
required ; Seov
it is
that,
required
,
ii. 168
to
let it
be
,),
8.,
main
(Eutoc.)
metrical
to
a parallelogram,
ov,
;
,
remain, to re-
stationary,
diagonal, dia•
as subst., . {se.
diagonal
ii.
;
258
of
218
661
INDEX OF GREEK TERMS
(Archim.)
circle,
; diameter of a
438 (Eucl.) ; of a
.
title
Determinate Section,
ofwork by Apol-
sphere, 466 (Eucl.) ; prin- lonius, ii. 598 (Papp.)
cipal axis of a conic section 805, 6, statement of the
in Archim., ii. 148 (Ar- limits of possibility of a
chim.) ; diameter of any solution of a problem,
plane curve in Apollon.,
»',
diorismos, 150 (Procl.)
ii. 286 (Apollon.) ;
duplication
to double, 258
^
6, doubling,
., 258
?,
;
^, ,
, ,
288 (Apollon.) (Eutoc.)
", dimension, , ov, double, 302
, 412 (Simpl.)
hiaariXXfiv,
502 (Heron)
to separate,
,
(Papp.)
cate ratio,
?,
;
446 (Eucl.)
.
or, later form for
(Archim.)
double, 326
?,
dupli-
,
.,
(Archytas ap. Porph.)
dimension, 88 (Nicom.)
112
, ,
, difference, 114
(Nicom.)
to give
elaa,
598 (Papp.) ; ,
; aor. part.,
(v, given, ii.
.
',
(Eucl.)
ij,
216 (Archim.) ;
dividing in
two ; point of bisection, ii.
Dicho-
tomy, first of Zeno's argu-
Data, title of work by ments on motion, 368
Euclid, ii. 588 (Papp.);
Ueaei 88, /?, (Aristot.)
ov, cut in two^
to be given in position
magnitude, 478 (Eucl.)
:€4, v. Staipeiv
and
?,
halved,
ii.
«?,
ii. 4 (Aristarch.)
,
power, force,
(Heron), ii. 616
488
, }
8iexrjs, ^s, discontinuous ; (Papp.) at; ., the
., open spire, ii. five mechanical power»
S64 (Procl.) (wheel and axle, lever,
to determine, ii. pulley, wedge, screw), ii.
663
INDEX OF GREEK TERMS
,
square ;
i.e.,
chim.) ;
/,
the algebraic sense, esp.
in power,
squared, 322 (Ar-
commensurable in square,
450 (Eucl.)
incommensurable
;
,- 8€€8, •, , ,
(Plat.)
8€€,
powers of numbers
«?
^
566 (Papp.)
^
possible,
398
ii.
ro,
88,
in square (ibid.)
€, , fourth 8€8, ,
ii. 196 (Archim.)
solid
power
'^,
quantity
of the
[x*],
unknown
ii. 522
88,
with sixty-two
196 (Archim.)
faces, ii.
,
(Dioph.) solid
,
-
the with thirty-two faces, ii.
/?,
196 (Archim.)
,
fraction -j, ii. 522 ov, with twelve
(Diopli.) faces ; as subst.,
, square multi- (8, , body with twelve
plied by a cube, fifth power faces, dodecahedron, 4i72
of the unknown quantity (Eucl.), 216 (Aet.)
,8,
[ajs], ii. 522 (Dioph.)
tion
,
ji, ii.
J,,
ii.
the frac-
522 (Dioph.)
hwaaOat, to be able,
equivalent to
,
;
,
522 (Dioph.)
the fraction
to be
,
'8,
seventy-first
seventy-first
(Archim.)
(Eucl.),
to
ii.
ov,
;
part,
inscribe, 470
46 (Archim.)
also a, ov, cir-
ov,
€.,
320
,
to
area,
8€ 96 (Archim.) form of a figured number,
€8,8
ii.
(Plat.)
ai
' ;
398 section, viz., the rectangle
contained by the dia-
meter and the parameter,
em the ii.317 n. a, 358 (Papp.),
parameter of the ordi- 282 (Eutoc.) ; term in an
nates to the diameter ZH, equation, ii. 524 (Dioph.) ;
ii. 308 (ApoUon.) species —
of number, ii. 522
Bwaareveiv, to be powerful (Dioph.), of angles 390
pass., to be concerned with (Plat.)
663
INDEX OF GREEK TERMS
,
etKoaaeSpos, ov, having twenty
,
£,
faces ; etKoaaehpov, to, body
with twenty faces, icosa-
hedron, 216 (Aet.)
ov, ticenty-
fold, ii. 6 (Aristarch.)
abos,
ber one hundred,
(Archim.)
,
the num-
ii. 198
, angle of the triangle,
310 (Apollon.)
(Archim.)
eariv
e.
{sc,
,
Euclid's
ov, smaller,
;
12 (Archim.)
i., ii. 1
than a right
angle, 438 (Eucl.);
less
evOeia),
e.
-^
minor
classification
less,
ii.
3?0
in
of
to produce (a
(, straiglit lines, 458 (Eucl.)
straight line), 442 (Eucl.),
11. 8 (Aristarch.), 352 least,
eXii, , ii.
,
44 (Archim.)
,
ov, smallest,
spiral, helix,
, ,,
eKKateiKoaaeSpov,
with twenty-six faces, ii.
196 (Archim.)
((, used as pass, of
to, solid
.
ii.
on
(Papp.)
182 (Archim.)
a sphere,
,
;
ii.
spiral
defect,
580
, , ,,
taken,
to be set out, be
96 (Archim.),
deficiency,
eAAeiWiv,
206 (Eucl.)
short, be
,
ii. to fall
298 (Papp.) deficient, 394 (Plat.), 188
to take away, ^
(Procl.)
, falling short,
(€,
eliminate,
which is
ii. 612 (Papp.)
,
out, un-
spread
that deficiency, 186 (Procl.);
the conic section ellipse, so
folded ; title called because the square
of work by Democritus on the ordinate is equal to
,, ,
dealing with projection of
armillary sphere on a
plane, 229 n. a
, section
a rectangle whose height
is equal to the abscissa
applied to the parameter
as base but falling short
, sawn out of a
prismatic section,
(Heron)
, ,
(Papp.)
to set out,
ii.
470
568
{iXXeTnov),
lon.),
(Heron)
ee(.v,
ii.
188 (Procl.)
,
ii.
area,
ii. 470
, (,
adjectivally, e. (sc.
external straight line, 314
(Simpl.) ;
664
e.
the external
(), to cut,
(Archim.)
in i
442 (Eucl.),
to plait
4€^^ or weave
ii. 58
INDEX OF GREEK TERMS
,
(Procl.) rearward ele-
adv., often used ments, ii. 184 (Apollon.);
adjectivally, transforma- in theory of proportion,
* ,
tion of a ratio according to following terms,
,
the rule of Eucl, v. Def. 12,
,
permntando, 448 (Eucl.),
ii. 144 (Archim.)
alternate angles
ivavrios, a, ov, opposite ;
216 (Archim.)
;
,
, i.
', -
consequents, 448 (Eucl.)
prep, with ace, upon, on
to, on,
608
438 (Eucl.)
(Papp.)
to
'
join up, ii.
,
€., ii. ;
,
ei^aaij, €5,
396 (Plat.)
, inscription,
perfect, complete ;
es,
,,,
culate,
, to reckon, cal-
60 (Theon Alex.)
,
412 (Ptol.)
reckoning,
-
,
e., 90 (Procl.) calculation, ii.
, ,,
evTog, adv. used adjectivally,
within, inside, interior ;
ov, plane ;
438 (Eucl.);
,
e.
, -
at e. 442 (Eucl.) 438 (Eucl.) ; .
, ,
,
ivvnipxeiv, to exist in ;
, -,
terms, ii.
positive
524 (Dioph.)
-, ,hexagonal
96 (Nicom.)
€"
;
,
88 (Nicom.)
438 (Eucl.) e.
70 (Eucl.); e.
348 (Papp.)
adv.,
;
plane-wise,
-
, 4, ,
e.
ov, as subst. , flat, broad ;
vov, TO, hexagon, 470 ., ii. 164
,
(P'Ucl.)
astron.,
, , sixtieth ; in
(Archim.)
tion ;
,, injunc-
condition, ii. 50
TO, first sixtieth, minute, (Archim.), ii. 526 (Dioph.);
Sevrepov €., second sixtieth,
second, 50 (Theon Alex.)
c'i^?. adv., in order, succes-
sively, 566 (Papp.) , TO ., to satisfy the
condition ; subdivision of a
problem, ii.
ov,
340 (Papp.)
containing an
,
ii.
^,
contact, 314
On
of a book by Apol;
title
(Simpl.)
Tangencies,
the ratio 4:3, ii.
(Archim.)
222
, surface, 438
lonius, ii. 336 (Papp.) (Eucl.) ; ., conical
eneaOai, to be or com,e after, surface (double cone), ii.
follow ; TO •€,
con- 286 (Apollon.)
665
INDEX OF GREEK TERMS
,,,
emApavew, to
iArchim.)
sc. €), tangent,
(Archim.)
;
€s,
touch,
17
with unequal
ii.
ii.
190
64 ,
,
,
(sc. evdtia),
(Archim.)
, coincidence of
geometrical elements, 340
(Papp.)
tangent, 322
€5,
sides, oblong, 440 (Eucl.) to exactly,
-
fit
rectilinear ;
ov, coincide with, 444 (Eucl.),
ev.
Subst.,
rectilineal
(Archim.)
(, , ,,
438 (Eucl.) ; ev.
440 (Eucl.) ; as
figure, 318
ii.
(Papp.)
208
;
to be
208 (Archim.)
(Archim.),
pass,
to, ii.
-,
evdvs, €, V,straight ; ev.
straight line, 438
),
after the other, successively,
312 (Them.); used
, ad-
(Eucl.); evdeia^SC.
, straight line,
(Archim.) ; chord
ii.
of
44
a
, -,jectivally, as
the adjacent
(Eucl.)
ai e.
angles, 483
,,
circle, ii. 412 (Ptol.) ; dis- to set up, erect ;
*
a spiral, ii. 182 (Archim.) ;
€€,
stand, and perf. part, act.,
straight
(Papp.)
evdeias,
line,
readily
admissible, easily obvious ;
ov,
along
ii.
a
580
, ing,
(Papp.)
438 (Eucl.)
Archimedes
, method,
; title
via,
of
as, stand-
ii.
work by
596
380 (Schol.
ii.
,
518 (Dioph.),
in Eucl.)
discovery,
1., to be generated (of a
curve), 348 (Papp.)
ews, as far as, to, ii. 290
(Apollon.)
evpioKeiv, to find, discover,
solve, ii. 526 (Dioph.), 340
(Papp.),
5€
(Eutoc);
262
e8ei evpuv, which was ,,
Zrp-eXv,
ii.
to seek,
222 (Archim.)
the thing sought,
; -
investigate,
,
, to
(Eutoc.)
be found, 282
^, ,
158
(Papp.)
(Procl.), ii. 596
(, , , ,
4s, easy to solve, ii. ,
inquiry, in-
526 (Dioph.) vestigation, 152 (Procl.)
to tmwh, ii. 224 = ii. 234
(Archim.) ; (Archim.)
666
INDEX OF GREEK TERMS
,
8,balance,
TO, beam of a balance,
234 (Archim.)
ii.
TO, dim. of ,
, 222
, inquiry, theoretical
investigation,
(Archim.),
theory, ii.
568
)
lit. ii.
,
Zodiac ; 6 {sc, .,
,
Zodiac
(3818)
;, , ,,
circle,
'Hyiiaflai, to lead
,
ii. 394
,
as subst., ii.
85, -
568 (Papp.) equal in volume, ii. 250
,8, ,
260 (Eutoc.) dim.
(€,
,
,
286 (Eutoc.)
half-cylinder,
;
containing one
a, ov,
and a half, half as much or
(Archim.)
ov, equiangular, ii.
608 (Papp.)
es, equal in length,
398 (Plat.)
(,
perimeter, ii.
ov, of equal
386 (Theon
,,,eia,
@eais, ews,
,
v, half, ii.
(Aristarch.) ;
320 (Archim.)
,
10
as subst.,
setting, posi-
,
Alex.)
ov, having
sides equal, equilateral ; t.
440 (Eucl.), I.
440 (Eucl.),
all its
,
tion, 268 (Eutoc.) ; Oeaei . 54 (Ar-
88, to be given in chim.)
11.
,,
€,position, 478 (Eucl.)
gate,
to look into, investi-
ii. 222 (Archim.)
,
ber,
€?,
454 (Eucl.)
equal in
to be equally bet-
num-
, ^,
theorem, lanced, be in equilibrium,
228 (Archim.), 566 balance, Ii. 206 (Archim.)
,
ii.
667
INDEX OF GREEK TERMS
438 (Eucl.) ; ex
aequali, transformation of
' , ,
canonic, 18 (Anatolius);
,
K. display in th4
a ratio according to the
rule of Eucl. v. Def. 17,
448 (Eucl.) ,,
form of a
(Ptol.)
,
table,
straight rod,
ii. 412
,
legs,
with
fs,
having two
equal, isosceles;
440 (Eucl.) ; t.
.,
,
equal
sides
,
bar,
,
(Eutoc.)
table,
308 (Aristoph.), 264
ii.
; rule, standard,
408 (Suidas)
draw down or out,
,
ii. to
58 (Archim.) ii. 600 (Papp.)
,,
,
uniformly,
(Archim.)
ii. 182
188
ij,
(Procl.);
construction,
drawing,
,
equation,
eV
(Eucl.)
to
ii.
set
,,
526 (Dioph.)
up
equality,
; evdeia
438
,,
figure, ii. 158 (Eutoc), ii.
444 (Ptol.),
368 (Aristot.)
to
ii. 610 (Papp.)
to
454
overtake,
leave,
-
,
ecus,
equAitian,
. (ec.
526 (Dioph.)
down, perpen-
),
equal,
,
(Eucl.),
ii.
,
444 (Eucl.)
ii.
524 (Dioph.)
218 (Archim.),
the remainders,
to measure,
;
i.e.,
,
perpendicular, 438 (Eucl.), to be contained in an in-
,
,
ii. 580 (Papp.)
,
tegral number of times,
,
general ; . 444 (Eucl.)
,
-,
ii. 470 (Heron)
- to construct,
,,
generally ; 264 (Eutoc), ii. 566
more gener- (Papp.)
ally, 572 (Papp.) , construction,
,
ii.
,
,,
in general
adv., on the whole,
,
.
;
,
.
152 (Procl.)
curved .
42 (Archim.) ;
;
ii.
among
,
500 (Heron)
the
,
of work
wrongly attributed to Era-
stars
title
,
; -
placing
, 260 (Eutoc.)
(Ptol.)
ing to
(sc.
tical
),
,
,,
theory
T^le
of
table,
of
the
mathema-
music,
444
,,
tosthenes, ii. 262 (Suidas)
K.
a mirror
title
,
Cleonides, 157 n. c
of work
;
,
of work by
of or in
ascribed to
,
;
668
,
, (Heron)
to
INDEX OF GREEK TERMS
, mirror,
268
(Cleom.) ; of points on a
lie, ii.
ii. 498 without
,
curves,
(Eutoc.)
, ov,
.), conchoidal
conchoids,
concave
296
; enl
straight line, 438 (Eucl.) ., concave in the
,,
as pass, of ridevai, to be same direction, ii. 42
placed or made ; of an
angle, 326 (Archim.)
., to be similarly
(Archim.), 338 (Papp.)
?, ,
(Aristot.)
,
; . ,,
common, 412
ii.
situated,
taining
ii.
to
208 (Archim.)
,
, of or per-
a centre of
500 (Heron) ; , cwoiot,
444 (Eucl.) ; .
290 (ApoUon.) ; to
ii.
,
gravity
(Papp.)
Ktvrpov,
;
^
centre ;
TO,
.
of a
circle, 438 (Eucl.), ii. 8
572
ii. 604
,
common
(Papp.)
ii.
,
element, 306
vertex
286 (ApoUon.) ; of a
t)]ane curve, ii. 286 (Apol-
; of a cone,
,
(Aristarch.), ii.
centre of
, snail with
spiral shell ; hence any-
thing twisted spirally ;
,
,
gravity, ii. 208 (Archim.) screw, ii. 496 (Heron)
Kivdv, to move, 264 (Eutoc.)
,
cods, ij, motion, 264
(Eutoc.)
fs, like
cissoid, 276
(Aristot.),
es,
ivy
Att.
.
to bend, to inflect, 420
358 (Papp.) ;
evdelai,
; ,
?,
.
inclined
, ,,
screw of Archimedes, ii. 34
(Diod. Sic.) ; Ylepl
work by Apollonius, ii.
350 (Procl.)
),
ing to a shellfish ;
(Simpl.)
es, as
cochlotd,
;
.
.,
4, of or pertain-
. {sc.
334
also
302
straight lines, ii. 496 (Papp.) ; probably an-
€,(Damian.) terior to
, pass.,
to
to
make to
incline, ii.
lean ;
252
,
ing ^
,
with same mean-
,
(Archim.) ring ;
€8,
(Eucl.)
mussel ;
is,
#c.
resembling a
(often
cube,
power,
to make into a cube,
raise
ii.
to
504 (Heron)
the third
669
,
, ,
INDEX OF GREEK TERMS
6v, of or for a
,
cube, cubic, 222 (Plat.) revolution, ii. 164
, , 286
€,
6, cube multiplied cone, ii.
,,
by a cube, sixth power of (Apollon.)
the unknovm quantity [x^], to cut the cone^
ii. 522 (Dioph.) 226 (Eratos. ap. Eutoc.)
,
the frac-
to take, ii. 112
tion Js,
ii. 522 (Dioph.) (Archim.)
5, ;
,cubic
6, cube, 258 (Eutoc.)
number, 518
(Dioph.) ; third power of
unknovm, ii. 522 (Dioph.)
ii. taken,
let the centres be
ii.
Alex.) ; .
388 (Theon
,
circle,
the fraction
circular,
392
ii.
(Plat.),
toc.)
late,
Ae'yeiv,
;
ii.
(Archim.)
AeiVeiv,
(Archim.)
to
to
to
44 (Archim.)
receive,
choose,
leave,
postu-
ii.
ii.
166
62
€8,
, ;
,438 (Eucl.)
,
.,
cylindri-
,
,,,
negative terms, ii. 524
(Dioph.)
€, , negative term,
minus, ii. 524 (Dioph.)
, ,
auxiliary
?,
cal, 286 (Eutoc.)
,
theorem assumed in prov-
,42 (Archim.)
sense ;
,
adv., in a special
. pro-
, ,
cylinder, ii. ing the main theorem,
lemma, ii. 608 (Papp.)
lemma
,
dim. of ,
, ,
portion par excellence, i.e., ,
taking hold,
,
the geometric proportion, solution, 260 (Eutoc.)
125 n. Tj, ,
endowed with
, ,
conical, conic ; reason, theoretical, ii. 614
,,
.
subst.
imiaveia, conical sur-
face (double cone), ii. 286
(Apollon.)
e's» conical ; as
conoid ; ,
(Papp.)
calculating ;
{sc. ),
,
ov, skilled or
practised in reasoning or
- ., right-angled
conoid, i.e., paraboloid of
revolution, ii. 164 ;
K.f obtuse-angled
pulating numbers, practi-
cal
17
Charm.)
arithmetic,
(Schol. ad
logistic,
Plat.
670
5, ,
INDEX OF GREEK TERMS
,
, ,
6, ratio, 444 (Eucl.) following after,
Cutting-off
of a Ratio, title of work by
,
investigation, method, 90
(Procl.)
,,
,
Apollonius, ii. 598 (Papp.) ov, greater, more,
. compound 318 (Archim.) ; .
ratio, ii. 602
(Papp.) ; ii. 112
. singular ratio, (Archim.) ; .
ii. 606 (Papp.) greater than a right angle,
45
;
.
mean
.,
ratio,
extreme and
472 (Eucl.), ),
438 (Eucl.); {sc.
major in Euclid's
ii.
,
416
AotTTo's, >
(Ptol.)
,
remaining, ii.
600 (Papp.) ; as subst.,
TO, the remainder,
,
classification of irrationals,
458 (Eucl.)
to remain, to remain
stationary, 98 (Nicom.),
,
,
ii. 506
(Eutoc.)
€5,
(Papp.)
.
(Papp.),
,
, , oblique,
ij,
270
solution^
ii.
inclined ;
4 (Plut.)
ii. 596
,
',(
286 (Eutoc.)
50
ii.
to divide,
heon Alex.)
.
414
, division, 16
(Schol. in Plat. Charm.),
, (Ptol.)
Ion. part ; ,,
,
,
Mayyovopioj,
, ,
mechanical
a,
engineer, maker of mechan-
ical powers, ii. 616 (Papp.)
ii. 616 n.
,block of a pulley,
(Heron)
of a number, 66 (Eucl.); of
a magnitude, 444 (Eucl.),
,
ii. 584 (Papp.) ;
parts, directions,
., in both direc-
'
-
,-
,study, 8 (Plat.), 4
, ,
tions, 438 (Eucl.)
, ,
,),,- , , -
for
(Archytas) ;
mathematics ; 8e •- ),
of or for noon ;
. {sc. , meri-
matical ;
., 2 ( Anatolius)
148 (Procl.), ii. 42 (Ar-
chim.), ii. 566 (Papp.)
, mathe-
,
,
,
dian, ii. 268 (Cleom.)
{sc.
, ov, middle ;
), mean
€)
{-
mathematician, ii. 2 (Aet.), ), ii.
,, 568 (Papp.)
ii. 61 (Papp.) ;
, , mean
272
,.
{sc.
matics, 4 (Archytas) ;
m.athematics
mathe-
Ion.
magnitude, 444 (Eucl.), ii.
.,
€, ,
,
between
(Eutoc.)
ratio,
(Ptol.)
;
671
INDEX OF GREEK TERMS
,€
fication of irrationals,
(Eucl.) ; CK 4 ,).
.
,
458 , small, little ;
(sc.
,€€,
8bimedial,
first
,
bimedial,
Sevrepa, second
etc., ibid. ,, ,
eK
ii. 409
Little
n. b
,
Astronomy,
mixed ; .
5, , mean,
,€,, , .
ii. 566 ii. 360 (Procl.) ;
,
;
(- ,
portion, part ;
ivavTia), 110-111 (Iambi.)
to measure, contain
,,, in astron.,
(Theon Alex.) ;
degree, 50
.
, ,,
an integral number of ii. 396 (Hypsicl.)
unique, singu-
monad,
,
ii. 294 {Prob. Bov.) ;
gen. ;
as far as, prep, with
),
,, , ,
lar;
(Papp.)
,
),
.
part, 6 (Plat.)
, . Dor.
, musical ;
ii. 606
. ,
(sc.
(Archim.)
Dor.
ii.
eos,
256
, ,, ,
{sc. poetry sung to
music, music, 4 (Archytas)
the number,
length, 436 (Eucl.) ; dis-
tance of weight from ful-
crum of a lever, ii. 206
5,
(Archim.)
, ten thousand, myriad, ii.
198 (Archim.);
.,
raised to the first power,
a
.
myriad
,
,(Plut.)
,
6,
,
crescent-shaped
figure, lune, 238 (Eudemus
ap. Simplic.)
contrivance,
machine, engine, ii. 26
,
of or for
, to the second power, and
so on, ii. 355 n. a
myriad
ai, a, ten thousand,
(Archim.)
. ;
myriad myriads,
, ii. 198
,
machines, mechanical, ii. Neueiv, to be in the direction
616 (Papp.) of, ii. 6 (Aristarch.) ; of a
;
),
,
(with or without straight line, to verge, i.e.,
mechanics, ii. 614 (Papp.) ; to be so drawn as to pass
as subst., 6, through a given point and
mechanician, 616
ii. make a given intercejit,
(Papp.), ii. 496 (Damian.) 244 (Eudemus ap. Simpl.),
, maker of en- 420 (Aristot.), ii. 188
gines, ii. 616 (Papp.) (Archim.)
C73
INDEX OF GREEK TERMS
vevoL?, ?, ,
verging, problem in which
a straight line has to be
drawn through a point so
inclination,
,
,, emTTeSoi
70 (Eucl.)
(xrepeoi
,
Neiiffets, title of work by
ApoUonius, ii. 598 (Papp.)
admitted
€, ; -
,, - ,
ii.
(Papp.)
thing
,, 6 ol.
270 (Cleom.)
;
a, ov,
,
proper to a
ii.
mitted,
(Papp.)
that
ov,
premise,
correspond-
lohich
ii.
is ad-
596
,
nered ; as
regular plane
TO,
figure with eight sides,
ov, eight-cor-
subst.,
ing ; 0.
(Archim.) ; .
ii. 208 (Archim.)
ii.
,
octagon, ii. 196 (Archim.)
- ,,
/,
faces
,
OKTaeSpos, ov, with eight
as subst.,
;
evOela) e'/c
, name ; {sc,
bi-
, ^
6^Jvo, acute-angled
,
teen-fold, ii. 6 (Aristarch.) ov,
,
, ,
solid
, with thirty-eight
o.
ii.
and
278 (Eutoc.)
,, acute ; .
6.
,,
faces, ii. 196 (Archim.)
,
, TO, integer, ii.534 (Dioph.) ,
,of or for sight
,
,
,
444 (Eucl.)
-,
OV,
,
even, uniform,
whole ; .,
,
theory of laws
of sight ; as prop, name,
title of work by Euclid,
156 (Procl.)
,,
ii.618 (Papp.)
adv., uniformly, 338
(Papp.)
a, ov, like,similar ;
,
instruments
(Eutoc.)
o.
,
^
serving as
;
673
INDEX OF GREEK TERMS
,
,
opyaviKws, adv., by means of
,
instruments, 292 (Eutoc.)
(Eutoc.)
,instrument, 294i
294 (Eutoc.)
•
dim.
;
nXevpa),
{sc.
the erect side of
,
€'»
beside ;
Ti IT.
7r.
Ti , /3«
to apply a figure to a
straight line, 188 (Eucl.);
€,
divide by, ii. 482 (Heron)
, to apply a figure
to a straight line, 188
ir.
to
to throw beside ;
, ,-
an
the
alternative
parameter,
(Apollon.), ii.
name
ii.
for
316
322 (Apol-
,
straight line
xy by X,
482 (Heron)
division
.=
,
(v.
is to divide
divide, ii.
€),
juxtaposition ;
,, ,
hence quotient, ii. 530
ov, having all its (Dioph.) ; application of
angles right, right-angled, an area to a straight line,
orthogonal \ 6. 186 (Eucl.) ; the conic sec-
440 (Eucl.) ; o. tion parabola, so called
268 (Eutoc.) because the square on the
,
right
",
(Eucl.) ;
right ; .
angle,
.
438, 442
right, ordinate is equal to a rect-
angle whose height is
equal to the abscissa ap-
, ,,
cone, ii. 286 (Apol- plied to the parameter
lon.) as base, ii. 304 (Apol-
6(,
€ to separate, delimit,
bound, define, 382 (Plat.)
finite
lon.),
(Eutoc.)
186 (Procl.), 280
ov, contrary to
,
,.
(Eucl.) ; term in a propor-
tion, 112 (Archytas ap.
Porph.), 114 (Nicom.)
there/ore, used of the
steps in a geometrical
proof, 326 (Eucl.)
to be borne, to float
in a liquid ; Tlepl
On floating bodies,
-
, paradoxical by Menelaus,
348 (Papp.);
ii.
€(8,
590
(Eutoc.)
to
., the
paradoxes of Erycinus, ii.
572 (Papp.)
be adjacent,
(Papp.),
6,
bounded by three pairs of
282
figure
674.
,
,, ,
ded by parallel
Subst,,
TO,
(Eucl.)
INDEX OF GREEK TERMS
paralleloffram,
ov,
lines
188
boun-
; as ii.
TO€€€ ,
to
48 (Archim.)
vepiexeiv, to contain,
-
the
rectangle contained by, ii.
circumscribe,
,
bound ;
,
ov, beside one 108 (Archim.) ; at
€;^
another, side by side,
,
€ €-
,
parallel, 270 (Eutoc.) n. 438 (Eucl.)
-
; ;
€£,
, ,)
evde'iai, 440 (Eucl.) 440 (Eucl.)
es. Dor. napa- to contain,
eg, oblong ; include, ii. 104 (Ar-
,
eiSes ., ii. 164 (Archim.)
,(Papp.)
chim.)
, very
inter- ov, large,
stice, ii. 590 well-fitting
=€, ; . (sc.
,
,, €,,
complement of a parallelo-
gram, 190 (Eucl.) perimeter, ii. 318 (Ar-
to stretch out chim.), ii. 502 (Heron),
along, produce, 10 (Plat.)
ii. 412
?, ,
(Ptol.)
increase,
ii. 386 (Theon Alex.)
Att.
adv., taken an
€,,
odd num-
napvTmos, hyper-supine; ber of times; .
,
ov,
,
with a
a quadri-
re-entrant number,
odd-times
68 (Eucl.)
even
, ,
lateral tr.
,,, ,
;
TT&s, ,.
angle, 482 (Papp.)
all, the whole,
nepiaaos
times odd
odd-
number, 68
every, any ;
point, 442 (Eucl.)
ov, pentagonal
any
;
(Eucl.)
,
Att.
superfluous
?, ; subtle
,
,
IT. 96 (Nicom.) ., odd number, 66
as subst., , (Eucl.)
place or put
pentagon, 222 (Iambi.) nepiTiOevai, to
nepalveiv, to bring to an end ; around, 94 (Aristot.)
-
«r?repaof/i«OS, ov, termin- , circumference
ated, 280 (Eutoc.) ;
uai
vipaSf arcs,
itif i
7€7€€,
Ones, ii. 42 (Archim.)
of a
,
finite
end, extrem-
436 (Eucl.)
line,
oi-a plane, 438 (Eucl.)
utpaerovv, to limit, bound ;
,
,,
or periphery of a circle,
arc of a circle, 440 (Eucl.),
ii. 412
of a spiral,
chim.)
(Ptol.)
, revolution, turn
ii.
ij,
182 (Ar-
magni-
jrcpoTOV/t^vM, 438 tude, sizet ii. 412
(Eud.) (Ptol.)
t)75
,8€,
irinreivt to fall
44 ( Archim.) of a straight
;
of points, ii.
.
,
,
70 (Eucl.)
a,
to multiply,
ov, many
,
a, oblique ;
ov, times as large, multiple ;
transverse dia-
, of a number, 66 (Eucl.)
meter of a conic section, ii.
286 (ApoUon.)
transverse side of the rect-
angle formed by the ordi-
nate of a conic section
applied to the parameter
as base, ii. 316 (Apollon.)
and ii. 322 (Apollon.)
; .
,
of
TO
-
- a
(Eucl.)
magnitude,
446 (Eucl.)
,
,
,,
;
444
212 (Archim.)
ii.
6, pole ;
as
of a sphere,
ro,
subst.,
multiple ;
., equimultiples,
ov —
,
nXaaofLv, to form ; of num-
€,
bers, ii. 528 (Dioph.)
ovs. Ion. coSm to,
breadth, 438 (Eucl.)
ii. 580 (Papp.) ;
nXevpd, as, ,
side ; of a tri- polygon, ii. 48
angle, 440 (Eucl.) ; of a
parallelogram, ii.
(Archim.) ; of a square,
216 8,
(Archim.)
bases ;
ov,
as
having
subst., -
many
hence, square root, ii. 530 (8pov, TO, polyhedron, ii.
,
(Dioph.) ; of a number, 70 572 (Papp.)
(Eucl.) ; ., latus , multi-
rectum of a conic section, plication, 16 (Schol. in
ii. 322 (Apollon.) ; w. Plat. Charm.), 414
8€, ii.
, 132 (Theon
,
(Apollon.)
,, Smyr.)
number,
(Eucl.)
air ;
ovs.
of work by Heron,
,,
Ion.
multitude,
€os,
of wind or
, ii.
ro,
66
title
616
multilateral,
,,
ov,
corollary to
,
(Papp.)
TToieiv, to
(Papp.);
ii.
do, construct,
to
299 (Apollon.) ;
equal to, to equal,
make, IT.
ii.
li. 566
to be
526
a proposition, 480 (Procl.),
ii. 294 (Apollon.)
Eroposition
kind of
intermediate
(Dioph.) (Procl.)
676
INDEX OF GREEK TERMS
,
vopiariKos,
supply or find
, ov,
;
able to npoTeiveiv, to propose, to
enunciate a proposition, ii.
,
,
irpoTauevTOS, ii. 598 566 (Papp.) ; to
(Papp.) that which was proposed,
, theory, in- proposition, ii. 220 (Ar-
,,
,
vestigation, 148 (ProcL), chim.)
,
,
ii. 406 (Theon Alex.) , also
,
ov,
,
prism, ii. ov, the very first, 90
,
470 (Heron) (Nicom.)
-
ii. 566 (Papp.)
,
problem,
14 (Plat.), 258 (Eutoc),
,
of OX for ,
,
(Eucl.)
,
prime
but . ;
ov, first
68
number,
,
.
,
,,
a problem
(Papp.)
ii.
applied to
ov, clear,
496 (Heron)
;
manifest,
in
(,
Archimedes, ii. 198
(Archim.) ; in astron., .
.
evOeia, first
sixtieth,
,
,
to take the lead distance of a spiral, ii. 182
, forward
;
(Archim.)
points, i.e. those lying on (,
, case of a
the same side of a radius
vector of a spiral as the
direction of its motion, ii.
184 (Archim.)
,,theorem or problem, ii.
600 (Papp.)
,
,
struct
(Eutoc.)
long, 398
beforehand,
es,
,
prolonged, ob-
(Plat.)
to con-
276
,
lowest number possessing
a given property, 398
(Plat.) number of tens,
;
,
in
,,
Dor. prep., to- (Papp.)
wards ; 8, , pyramid,
the ratio : 272 228 (Archim.)
(Eutoc.)
to fall, 300 'PeWii',to incline of the ;
,
(Eutoc.) ; al
,,
,
fvde'iai,
(Papp.)
(Eucl.)
438 (EucL),
(, ,
to add,
proposition,
ii. 594
444
.
208
(Plat.),
,
Ion.
,
,^,
rational,
452 (Eucl.)
,
398
root
90
enunciation, ii. 566 (Papp.) (Nicom.)
677
,,shaped,
is,
rhomboidal ;
INDEX OF GREEK TERMS
rhombus-
p.
,
subst., arepeov,
258 (Eutoc.)
€,
, solid,
5, 440 (Eucl.)
, plane figure with
four equal sides but with
only the opposite angles
equal,
(Eucl.)
rhombus,
;
150 (Procl.) ;
the Elements,
Euclid's
ew?, elemen-
,
80 (Nicom.)
element,
,
ii, 596
book,
especially
,
having the same base and tary exposition, elements ;
their axes in a straight Euclid's Elements of geo-
,
.
line, solid rhombus, ii. 44
(Archim.)
(Procl.)
to
,
signify, 188
,
metry,
,
ments
(Procl.) ;
156
of
. ,
(Procl.)
., the
music,
156
at
ele-
, point,
ii.
Dor.
436 (Eucl.)
522 (Dioph.)
", ,
also os,
; sign,
,
(Eutoc.)
, ov, 6, teacher of
elements, writer of ele-
ments, esp. Euclid, ii. 596
,
oblique, scalene; kwvos o., (Papp.)
ii.
,
286 (Apollon.)
OKeXos, ovs. Ion. eos,
. rijs 264 (Eutoc.)
, leg ;
€,
(Plat.)
, ov,
to lie together
round, 392
as
,
;
oTteipa, ,
surface traced by pass, of to he
a circle revolving about composed of, ii. 284
, ,,
a point not its centre,
spire, tore,
(Heron)
,
torus,
, pertaining
.
ii. 468
to
(Apollon.)
€, , comparison
nevTe
Comparison of
Figures, title of work by
the Five
;
..
,,
a spire, spiric;
tpiric sections, ii. 364 Aristaeus, ii. 348 (Hyp-
.
, , ,
(Procl.) ;
curves, ii. 364 (Procl.)
,
spiric
.
sicl.)
ei, yoked together,
. 8€, .
,
irrepeos, a, solid ; conjugate ;
.
,
solid angle, 222 (Plat.);
cubic number;
288 (Apollon.)
ii.
ov, commensurate
, ,-
. solid loci, ii.
600 (Apollon.); .
solid problem, 348
(Papp.); . solid
verging, 850 (Papp.); as
with, commensurable with ;
380 (Plat.), 452 (Eucl.), ii.
208 (Archim.)
to stretch out
alongside of, 188 (Procl.)
678
,,, , INDEX OF GREEK TERMS
,
(,
together, the
(Dioph.)
,,
sum of, ii.
all
514
con-
ratio
ponendo,
transformation of a
known
448
method of reasoning from
as com-
(Eucl.)
,
clusion, ii. 228 (Archim.) assumptions to conclu-
, ,
(Eucl.)
,
,
themselves,
;
to
(Papp.)
in contrast with
analysis, synthesis, ii. 596
ov, composite ; .
.
,
(Procl.) 68 (Eucl.) ;
to fill, com,plete ; ii. 360 (Procl.)
,
. 268 to set up, con-
(Eutoc.)
,, property
struct,
$, €, ,
(Them.)
190 (Eucl.), 312
,
of a curve, 336 (Papp.)
, falling to-
putting
gether in order, systematic
to-
,
€, ,
gether,
of work
meeting,
286 (Eutoc.)
,
ii. 64
(Archim.), ii. 270 (Cleom.),
collection
by Pappus,
; title
568
treatise, composite volume,
collection ;
by Ptolemy,
das)
title of work
ii. 408 (Sui-
,€5 , ,
ii. to
(Papp.) gether, add together, used
ov, the sum of, of the synthesis of a pro-
328 (Archim.) blem, ii. 160 (Archim.)
to collect, gather ; lit. to one having
€,
ii. ,
pound
Papp.)
veetv,
,
414
(Heron)
ratio,
to
(Ptol.),
ii.
approximate,
ii.
602
470
formation of a ratio known
as componendo, ii. 130
(Archim.)
?, , grouping
(of theorems), 150 (Procl.)
, , , ,
mately,
adv., near, approxi-
ii. 488 (Heron) ii.
, sphere, 466
40 (Archim.),
(Eucl.),
ii. 572
, , ,
(Eucl.) ;
continuous, 442
es,
(Papp.) ; .
(Papp.) ;
(Procl.)
V.
. con-
tinued proportion, ii. 566
302
., ii. 364
(Papp.)
584
sphere,
,
(Papp.) ;
,
^
making
,
, .
spherical,
artificial
of
, ..
11.
the
avvBeais, €, putting
ij, to- heavenly spheres, ii. 618
gether, composition ; a. (Papp.)
679
, , , €-
INDEX OF GREEK TERMS
,,,438 (Eucl.),
ch i in.)
shape, figure,
ii. 42 '
(Ar-
by a
(Apollon.)
plane,
reaaapeaKaiheKaeSpov,
ii. 288
,
to bring into solid uith fourteen faces,
a certain form or shape ; ii. 196 (Archim.)
»',
ii. 360 (Procl.)
quadrant of a
fourth part,
ii. 582
circle,
,
as
(Heron)
the talent, ii. 490
€€,
(Papp.)
make square,
,
to
€-
,
€, , order, arrange- ii. 494 (Heron) ; to square,
,
ment,
(Iambi.)
scheme, 112
-
10 (Plat.)
{sc.
;
'),quad-
,
334 (Simpl.), 336
,
to disturb ; ratrix,
disturbed (Papp.)
proportion, 450 (Eucl.)
, ^
", square; ,
ii.
,
€5 € ,
to draw up in order,
598 (Papp.) ; ;*'5-
TCTay/ieVo,
used as adv.,
ii.
ordinate-wise,
(Apollon.) ; al
{sc,
166
ii.
286
the ),
of numbers,
(Dioph.) ; T.
310 (Aristot.) ;
., 308 (Plut.) ;
ii.
., 150 (Procl.)
(Aristophanes),
,
square, 308
ii. 504
526
square
, squaring,
-
ii.
, , ,
,
dinate-wise, i.e., the ordin-
ates, of a conic section,
308 (Apollon.);
, ii.
€-
224
(Heron);
T.
470 (Heron)
., square
number, ii. 514 (Dioph.);
square rings,
,
; as subst.,
ii.
,
(Archim.) square, 440
riXeios, a, ov, perfect, com- (Eucl.) ; square number,
plete, 604 (Papp.) ; .
ii. ii. 518 (Dioph.)
,
(Speusippusap. adv., four times,
,
398 (Plat.) a, ov, four-fold,
to cut ; of straight four times as much, 332
lines by a straight line, ii. (Archim.)
288 (Apollon.) of a ; ov, later form
curve by a straight line, of
278 (Eutoc.) ; of a solid ov, four-sided^
680
INDEX OF GREEK TERMS
quadrilateral ; ., in space, ii. 396 (Hyp-
440 (Eucl.) sicl.)
TiOevai, to set, put, place,
224 (Archim.)
must be posited, 392
; ^,ii. TOTTos, 6, place, region, spare,
ii. 590 (Papp.) ;
(Papp.) ; T.
locus, 3 18
em-rreSoi,
(Plat.); TO AB redh em Plane Loci, title of work
. ,,
ii.
, A+B
214 (Archim.)
Dor.
placed at Z,
,
circle, ii. 582 (Papp.) ; .
oTcpeos, sector of a sphere
(intercepted by cone with
vertex at centre), ii. 44
(Archim.)
, end left after cut-
ting, section ; section of a
,, , -
conic sections of Men-
aechmus, 296 (Erat. ap.
Eutoc.)
ov,
triangular ;
three-coTnered,
triangular numbers
as subst., tri- , 316
,
straight line, 268 (Eutoc.) angle, 440 (Eucl.),
€,
section of a cone, conic
section,
T.
ii. 278 (Apollon.)
opposite
(Archim.)
ii.
;
., axial triangle,
288 (Apollon.)
to
, ,
branches of a hyperbola, a, ov, thrice as
ii. 322 (Apollon.) anei- ; many, thrice as great as,
., ii. 364 (Procl.) 326 (Archim.), ii. 580
common
,
(Papp.)
ffoii^ T., section,
286 (Eutoc.) ; ov=
.. Determinate Section, 320 (Archim.) .
^,
;
, ,
nepl trilateral ;
,
(Eucl.)
,
^
line cvit in extreme and thrice, in three parts,
, ,,
mean ratio), 152 (Procl.) T. to tri-
, , of or pertain- sect the angle, 300 (Papp.)
ing to place or space ; per- to happen to be ;
taining to a locus, 490 aor. part.,
(Papp.) ; ., degree any, taken at ran-
681
INDEX OF GREEK TERMS
dom, evOela ., ii. 486
(Heron) ; as adv.,
perchance, 264 (Eutoc.)
, ,
, exceed,
by ;
ii.
,,
to fall beyond,
436 (Ptol.)
', ), , ,
the angle 190
,
TSpelov, TO, bucket, pitcher ; (Eucl.) ; {sc.
,
pi., title of work
by Heron,
, the rectangle
,
on water clocks contained by 268
^
ii. 616 (Papp.) (Eutoc.)
€?, , existence, ii. ewj, 17, hypothesis,
518 (Dioph.) ; positive 420 (Aristot.), ii. 2
term, ii. 524 (Diopn.) (Archim.)
, ,
,
vnevavTios, a, ov, subcontrary ov, sub-
,
V. 112 (Archytas ap. multiple of another ; as
Porph.) ; . ii. 304 subst., 6,
(Apollon.) 78
,
submultiple, {Theol.
subcontrary-wise, Arith.)
,
€(,
^
ii. 301-302 (Apollon.)
(Procl.)
(Procl.) ;
,
to exceed, 188
exceeding,
the conic sec-
tion hyperbola, so called
because the square on the
186
ii. 534
€, ,
(i:>ioph.)
to stretch under,
subtend, be subtended 6y;
noXtf
,
ordinate is equal to a ing, or subtended by, two
rectangle with height equal
to the abscissa applied to
sides of the polygon, ii. 96
(Archim.) ; -
exceeding {),
the parameter as base, but
i.e., subtending sixty
, side
parts,
^
overlapping, that base,
,
ii. 418 (Ptol.)
€,
;
-
(Archytas ap. Porph.), 444 178 (Eucl.) hence ;
. (,
hypotenuse of
re a right-angled triangle,
€€(, 42 Dor. ,
(Plat.) 176 (Plut.)
vnoTidevaif pass,
excess, 112 (Archytas ap. to suppose, assume, maks a
Porph.), 318 (Archim.), ii. hypothesis, ii. 2 (Archim.),
530 (Dioph.), u. 608 ii. 304 (Apollon.)
(Papp.) tmrtOs, a, ov, laid on one
682
, back, supine ;
INDEX OF GREEK TERMS
quadrilateral with no
,, , ing to
, ,
of or pertain-
time ; .,
,
parallel sides, 482 (Papp.)
under,
to place or set
ii. 362 (Procl.)
, , degree in time, ii. 396
(Hypsicl.)
TO, space, area, 394
,
ovs. Ion. eos, height ;
of a triangle, ii. 222 (Ar-
chim.) ; of a cylinder, ii. 42
(Archim.) of a cone, ii.
;
,, (Plat.), ii. 532 (Dioph.)
,,
fallacy ; -
,
118(Archim.) title of work by
Euclid, 160 (Procl.)
, , clear, mani-
570 (Papp.)
to bear, carry ; pass.,
to be borne, carried, move,
,, 268 (Cleom.) ;
.,
, instrument for
telling the time, clock,
' 8 ii.
616
^-
,
ii. 582 (Papp.); to
(Aristot.)
moving
, motion,
object,
12 (Plat.)
366
:
^
, ,
(Papp.)^
COS, as ;
Tj ZH
(Archim.)
=
,
:,
,
ZE
Trpos
npos
i.e.,
322
€,
Xeip, xeipos,
ii.
band or
ber of men, 30 n.
614 (Papp.)
,
, ,
num-
manual,
chim.)
SMc/i
; and
used for the stages in a
proof, ii. 54 f Archim.)
ii. 52 (Ar-
so, therefore,
(362)
THE LOEB CLASSICAL
LIBRARY
VOLUMES ALREADY PUBLISHED
Latin Authors
AmsunroB Marcellinus. Translated by J. C. B,<dfe. S Vote.
(2nd Imp. revised.)
Apulbius : Thb Golder Ass (Mbtamorphoses). W. Adlington
(1566). Revised by'8. Gaselee. (.7th Imp.)
St. Augustine : City of God. 7 vols. Vol. I, G., H. McCracken.
St. Augustine, (Confessions op. W. Watts (1631). 2 Vols. (VoL I.
7th Imp., Vol. II. Imp.) 6 J. H. Baxter.
St. Augustine, Select Letters. (2nd Imp.)
AUSONIUS. H. G. Evelyn White. 2 Vols. (2nd Imp.)
Bede. J. E. King. 2 Vols. (2nd Imp.)
Boethius Tracts and De Consolationb Philosophub. Rev.
:
:
:
(2nd Imp.)
Cicero : Db Ofeichs. Walter Miller. (Qth Imp.)
CiOERO : Db Oratore. 2 Vols. E. W. Sutton and H. Rackham.
(2nd Imp.)
Cicero : Da Republica and De Legibus. Clinton W. Keyes.
(4iA Imp.)
Cicero : Db Senectute, Db Amicitia, Db Divinatione. W. A.
Falconer. (6 Imp.)
Cicero In Catalinam, Pro Flacco, Pro Murbna, Pro Sulla.
:
Imp.)
FtOBUS, E. S. Forster and Cornelius Nepos. J. C. Bolfe. (2nd
Imp.)
Frontinus Stratagems and Aqueducts. C. B. Bennett and
:
Imp.)
(3ri Imp.)
The Art of Lots and Other Poems. J. H. Mozley. (9rd
:
)
Ovid
Ovid
:
:
Fasti. Sir James G. Frazer. (2nd Imp.)
Heroides and Amores. Grant Showerman. (5th Imp.)
Metamorphoses. F. J. Miller. 2 Vole. (VoL I. 10<A Imp.,
Vol. II. 8th Imp.)
Orm Tbistu and Ex Ponto. a. L. Wheeler. (Srd Imp.)
.
. Rouse.
PLAUTUS.
Of. JvnntAii.
(Sth
.
Imp.
Heseltine
revised.)
5 Vols. (Vols. L and
Paul Nixon.
Srd Imp., Vols. IV and V. 2nd Imp.)
; Seneca Apocoik>ctwto8I8.
.
Hutchinson. 2 Vols. Imp.) (6
Pliny : Natural History. H. lUckham and W. H. S. Jones.
10 Vols. Vols. I.-V. and IX. H. Racldiam. Vols. VI. and Vn.
W. H. S. Jones. (Vols. I.-III. Srd Imp., Vol. IV. 2nd Imp.)
Propertius. H. B. Butler. Imp.) (6
Prudentius. H. J. Thomson. 2 Vols.
Quintillan. H. E. Butler. 4 Vols. {3rd Imp.)
Remains of Old Latin. B. H. Wannington. 4 Vols. VoL I.
(BNNirS AND Caecilius.) Vol. II. (LlTIUS, Naevius, PAOxrvius,
Accius.) Vol. III. (LuciLius and Laws of XII Tables.) VoL
rv. {2nd Imp.) (Archaic Inscriptions.)
Sallust. J. C. Rolfe. {4th Imp. revised.)
SCRIPTORES HiSTORiAE AUGUSTA E. D. Magle. 3 Vols. (Vol. I. Srd
Imp. revised, Vols. II. and III. 2nd Imp.)
Seneca Apocolocyntosis. Cf. Petronius.
:
I. .
2nd Imp. revised.)
Tragedies. F. J. Miller. 2 Vols. (Vol. I. 4th Imp., VoL
: .
3rd Imp. revised.)
SiDONius Poems and Littebs. W. B. Anderson. 2 Vole. (VoL I.
:
2nd Imp.)
SiLius ITAUCUS. J. D. Duff. 2 Vols. (VoL I. 2nd Imp., Vol. IL
.
Srd Imp.)
Statius. J. H. Mozley. 2 Vols. {2nd Imp.)
Suetonius. J. C. Rolfe. 2 Vols. (Vol. I. 7th Imp., Vol. . < Imp.
revised.)
Tacitus Dlalogus. Sir Wm. Peterson. Agricola and
:
revised.)
Vklleius Paterculus and Res Gestae Divi Auqusti. F. W.
Shipley. {2nd Imp.)
Virgil. H. R. Fairclough. 2 Vols. (Vol. I. 18th Imp., Vol. . 14
Imp. revised.)
ViTKunus De Abchiteotura. : F. Granger. 2 Vols. (Vol. I. Srd
Imp., VoL II. 2nd Imp.)
Greek Authors
ACHIILBS Tatius. S. Gaselce. (2nd Imp.)
Aeneas Tacticus, Asclepiodotus and Onasandek. The Illinois
Greek Club. (2nd Imp.)
Abschines. C. D. Adams. (2nd Imp.)
Aeschylus. H. Weir Smyth. 2 Vols. (Vol. I. 6iA Imp., Vol. II,
6th Imp.)
Alcipheon, Aelian, Philostbatus Letters. A. B.. Benner and
F. H. Fobes.
AifDOCiDES, Antiphon. Cf. MisroE Attic Orators.
Apollodorus. Sir James G. Frazer. 2 Vols. (VoL I. 3rd Imp..
Vol. II. 2nd Imp.)
ApoiLONitTS Rhodius. R. C. Seaton. (5 Imp.)
The Apostolic Fathers. Kirsopp Lake. 2 VoK (Vol. L 8th Imp.,
Vol. II. 6th Imp.)
Appian RoALAN HiSTOET. Horace White. 4 Vole.
: (Vol. I. ith
II. and IV. 3rd Imp., Vol. III. 2nd Imp.)
Imp., Vols.
Aratus. Cf. Callimachus.
Aristophanes. Benjamin Bickley Rogers. 3 Vols. Verse trans.
(5th Imp.)
Aristotle Art of Rhetoric. J. H. Freese. (3rd Imp.)
:
XL). H. Rackham.
Absus : HiSTOKT or Alexander and Indica. Bev. B. lUffe
Robeon. 2 Vols. (Vol. I. 3rd Imp., VoL II. 2nii Imp.)
Athenaeus Deipnosophisxab. C. B. Gulick. 7 Vols. (Vols. I.,
:
4 Imp., Vol.
Fairbanks.
Philostratus and Eunapius Lives of the Sophists. Wilmer
:
(
Euthyphro, Apology, Ceito,
Imp.)
Laches, Protagobas, Mkno, Euthtdemus.
:
revised.)
Plato Eepublio. Paul Shorey. 2 Vols. (Vol. I. 6th Imp., Vol.
:
IL «A Imp.)
Plato Statesman, Philebus. H. N. Fowler
: Ion. W. B.. M. ;
II., VI., Vn., and XL, 3rd Imp. Vols. III.-V. and VIII.-X., 2rui
Imp.)
P0LYBIU8. W. R. Paton. Vols. (2nd Imp.)
Procopius History op the Wars. H. B. Dewing. 7 Vols. (Vol. I.
:
Greek Authors
Aristotle History of Animals. A. L. Peck.
:
Plotinus A. H. Armetrong.
:
Latin Authors
St. Augustine City of God.
:
.M3
Greek mathematical ^r
works
Aristarchus to Pappus